Table of Contents



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

x
ý     ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 20132015
OR
¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from _____ to _____

Commission file number 1-13449


QUANTUM CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware94-2665054
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 
1650 Technology Drive,224 Airport Parkway, Suite 700,300, San Jose, California95110
(Address of principal executive offices)(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (408) 944-4000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class     Name of each exchange on which registered
QUANTUM CORPORATION COMMON STOCK NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

NONE
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES  ¨NO  xý
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES  ¨NO  xý
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES  xýNO  ¨
Indicate by checkmarkcheck mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). YES  xýNO  ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  xý
Indicate by checkmarkcheck mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer     ¨o
Accelerated filer     x
Non-accelerated filer     ¨o
Smaller reporting company  ¨o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). YES  ¨NO  xý
The aggregate market value of Quantum Corporation’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share, held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was approximately $225.3$197.1 million on September 30, 20122014 the last day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, based on the closing sales price of the registrant’s common stock on that date on the New York Stock Exchange. For purposes of this disclosure, shares of common stock held by persons who hold more than 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock and shares held by officers and directors of the registrant have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily conclusive for other purposes.
As of the close of business on May 31, 2013,29, 2015, there were 243,297,051258,404,948 shares of the registrant’s common stock issued and outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
The registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be held on August 7, 2013, which the registrant will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report, is incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K to the extent stated herein.







Table of Contents

INDEX

Page
Number
PART I
Item 1 Business1
Page
Number
Item 1APART IRisk Factors9
22
Properties22
22
23
PART II
23
25
26
42
44
76
76
77
PART III
77
78
78
79
79
PART IV
79
SIGNATURE

i



i


PART I

This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statements in this report usually contain the words “will,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “believe,” “project” or similar expressions and variations or negatives of these words. All such forward-looking statements including, but not limited to, (1) our goals, strategy and expectations for future operating performance, including increasing market share, continuing to add customers and increasing revenue;revenue and earnings; (2) our expectation that we will continue to derive a substantial portion of our revenue from products based on tape technology; (3) our belief that our existing cash and capital resources will be sufficient to meet all currently planned expenditures, debt service and sustain our operations for at least the next 12 months; (4) our expectations regarding our ongoing efforts to control our cost structure; and (5) our expectations regarding the outcome of any litigation in which we are involvedinvolved; and (6) our business goals, objectives, key focuses, opportunities and prospects which are inherently uncertain as they are based on management’s expectations and assumptions concerning future events, and they are subject to numerous known and unknown risks and uncertainties. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, about which we speak only as of the date hereof. As a result, our actual results may differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained herein. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described herein include, but are not limited to: (1) the amount of orders received in future periods; (2) our ability to timely ship our products; (3) uncertainty regarding information technology spending and the corresponding uncertainty in the demand for our products and services; (4) our ability to maintain supplier relationships; (5) general economic, political and fiscal conditions in the U.S. and internationally; (6) our ability to successfully introduce new products; (7) our ability to capitalize on market demand; (8) our ability to achieve anticipated gross margin levels; and (9) those factors discussed under Item 1A “Risk Factors” in Part II, Item 1A.Factors.” Our forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. We disclaim any obligation to update information in any forward-looking statement.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Business Description

Quantum Corporation (“Quantum”, the “Company”, “us” or “we”), founded in 1980 and incorporated in Delaware in 1987, is a globalleading expert in scale-out storage, archive and data protection, providing solutions for capturing, sharing and bigpreserving digital assets over the entire data management.lifecycle. Our customers, ranging from small businesses to large/multi-national enterprises, trust us to address their most demanding data workflow challenges. We provide solutions for storing and protecting information in physical, virtual cloud and big datacloud environments that are designed to help customers be certainBe Certain that they are maximizinghave an end-to-end storage foundation to maximize the value of their data over its entire lifecycle. With our solutions, customers can better adapt in a world of continuing change by keepingmaking it accessible whenever and protecting more data for a longer period of time whilewherever needed, retaining it indefinitely and reducing coststotal cost and increasing return on investment.complexity. We work closely with a broad network of distributors, value-added resellers (“VARs”), direct marketing resellers (“DMRs”), original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and other suppliers to meet customers’ evolving data protection and big data management needs. Our stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol QTM.

Our scale-out storage portfolio includes StorNext® software, appliances and full systems called StorNext ProTM Solutions, as well as LattusTM extended online storage and Q-CloudTM Archive services. Our StorNext offerings enable customers to manage large unstructured data sets in an information workflow, providing high-performance ingest, real-time collaboration, scalable processing and intelligent protection. They are centered on our StorNext 5 platform, which is designed for today's modern workflow challenges of capturing, sharing and preserving massive amounts of data in the most demanding environments. StorNext 5 includes the industry's fastest streaming file system and policy-based tiering for automatically moving data across primary storage, extended online storage, tape archive and the cloud.
We also have a comprehensive portfolio of data protection solutions includefor physical, virtual and cloud environments. This includes our DXi® deduplication systems, and Scalar® automated tape libraries that optimize backup and recovery, simplify management and lower cost and our vmPROTM virtual server backup and disaster recovery offerings that protect virtual environments while minimizing the impact to servers and storage.software. In addition, we offer a Q-Cloud service for data center customers and we also offer software for cloud backupprovide the underlying technology platform to partners and disaster recovery of physical and virtual servers. For big data environments,end user customers to build their own clouds.
Recently, we provide StorNext® tieredintroduced Artico, an intelligent network-attached storage ("NAS") archive appliance that can benefit both scale-out storage and LattusTM object storage solutions designed to help maximize revenue and results by enabling customers to extract the full value from their digital assets. We have a full range of services and the global scale and scope to support our worldwide customer base.

data protection customers.

We are a member of the consortium that develops and has licensed LTO® media technology to tape media manufacturing companies. We receive royalty payments for both LTO and DLT® media technology sold under licensing agreements. We have also entered into various licensing agreements with respect to our technology, patents and similar intellectual property which provide licensing revenues in certain cases and may expand the market for products and solutions using these technologies.

As


3


We are focused on driving profitable revenue growth and long-term shareholder value by capitalizing on new market opportunities, leveraging the strength of our technology, products and install base across scale-out storage and data protection, continuing to expand our solutions portfolio and building new and enhanced channel and technology partnerships.
Industry Background
For most of our customers, demands on data have changed and so have the requirements for storing and retaining it. Previously, data had a specialist providing end userone-way, predictable lifecycle where the information technology (“IT”) focus was around risk mitigation. Now, companies know that their data can be a source of competitive advantage, revenue and growth. They are much more focused on the opportunity of data, so IT must save everything and make it available based on business requirements. In addition, the challenge of dealing with large data files is extending beyond a narrow set of vertical markets such as media and entertainment, government intelligence or oil and gas to commercial enterprises more broadly.
All of this is leading to new workflows and putting pressure on status quo approaches. Traditional infrastructures are breaking down based on the sheer volume of data and the need to store data indefinitely and continue to produce value from it. IT departments have determined that adding more spinning disk to the problem will not resolve the issues, nor will legacy backup processes.
We believe the industry is evolving to a new infrastructure that is based on high-performance, tiered storage solutions with smart data movement that fits a customer’s workflow. These tiered storage solutions need to support unpredictable, on-demand access, whenever and wherever customers with differentiatedneed their data, and incorporate new approaches to data protection and bigarchive. At the same time, these solutions must be cost-effective.
While there are different workflows which require different solutions, there are common elements that must be addressed. This includes the need for high-performance data management solutions, our strategy iscapture or ingest, real-time sharing and collaboration, scalability for processing and editing, intelligent protection and archiving and the ability to continue to grow the independent channel for Quantum branded solutionsdeliver high-value results and to increase revenue by offering products with superior performancemonetization opportunities. We understand these challenges and value. We plan to continue to expand and improve our product and solution offerings, with emphasis on branded disk systems, software solutions, virtual offerings, cloud solutions and next generation object storage. Usinghave a balanced approach to take advantagehistory of market opportunities and investing for growth whilemeeting them in aperiod of economic uncertainty, we are focused on revenue growth balanced with operating profit and generating cash from operations.



Industry Background

Information Technology (“IT”) departments face an environment of change. There is increasing focus on the economics of data as these departments not only address continued data growth but also identify solutions to store more data for longer periods of time as data becomes more valuable. With new ways to analyze and reuse data for additional revenue streams, new ideas and operational breakthroughs, IT managers are looking to ensure the organization can take full advantagesome of the information and knowledge from that data. For these reasons, data protection and big data management are important to businesses and organizations and consistently are reflected as top priorities in end user research studies.

Another change that has occurred over the last several years is the emergence of new architectures and technologies that reduce costs and increase efficiency. These include data deduplication, scale-out storage, virtualization and cloud storage. The challenge is that these technologies can also introduce disruption for IT, so it takes careful planning and smart solutions to enable organizations to move forward.

In the face of these changes, IT departments also confront continued constraints. Resources and budgets remain tight, which is one of the main reasons reducing data acquisition costs and ongoing operational costs is a top priority. In addition, even as they look to capitalize on new technologies and solutions, many IT managers still have to support legacy environments and applications. Finally, there is often built-in inertia or risk aversion when it comes to changing architectures or existing vendors. As a result, there is significant opportunity for storage specialists such as Quantum to assist organizations through transition.

most demanding workflow environments.

Products

Big Data Management and Archive

Scale-out Storage
With new digital technologies creating larger data files that can generate greater business value, there is a growing need to retain data for progressively longer periods while maintaining visibility and access to it. IT departments as well as vertically focused business units, including but not limited to media and entertainment, video surveillance, oil and gas, life sciences and high performance computing, are increasingly focused on managing this biglarge amounts of unstructured data. Generally, bigunstructured data refers to relatively new data types that produce large files, often measured in petabytes, such as video, imaging and audio. Big dataIn some cases, this also refers to large collections of small data, such as retail purchasing information, underwater photos of the ocean floor and feeds from traffic cameras that when combined, create meaning and increasingly, competitive advantage. In addition, in managing bigunstructured data, organizations are increasingly recognizing that they need efficient and cost-effective ways to archive it. We offer StorNext software and appliance-based solutions, in addition to Lattus objectObject Storage for extended online storage and tape for low cost archiving, to address this growing need for managing and archiving big data.

growing unstructured data sets.

StorNext Software

Workflow Storage

DesignedOur StorNext appliances leverage the power of StorNext 5 software and market-leading hardware to offer predictable high-performance file sharing and archiving in purpose-built configurations of metadata controllers, expansion appliances and disk and archive enabled libraries. StorNext 5 delivers higher levels of performance, scalability and flexibility for data-intensive environments, oura new generation of the industry’s leading scale-out shared storage file system, tiered storage and archive. Newly engineered from the ground up, StorNext software reduces5 is a complete end-to-end solution that combines file management technology with easy-to-deploy appliances to support the timeworld’s most complex and total cost of managing data for end users with large data sets and challenging distributed environments. The StorNext File System software provides high-performance shared access to data across different networks, operating systems and storage platforms.demanding workflows. In addition, our StorNext Storage ManagerTM software automatically copies and migrates data between different tiers of storage based on user-defined policies. The result is a highly scalable, high-performance data management solution designed to optimize the use of storage while enabling the long-term protection and recoverability of data.

Our StorNext software helps businesses with big data to benefit from workflow efficiencies, automated tiered storage and policy-based archive management. Designed for open system data-intensive environments, StorNext software products allow multiple users to rapidly access a single data set, increasing productivity and storage utilization. They also transparently move data, reducing storage costs while simultaneously providing embedded data protection. For several years, organizations within rich media production and broadcasting, the federal government, life sciences and other disciplines have utilized our data management software to derive more value from their data while controlling costs. Many


4


StorNext Appliances

Our and StorNext appliances leverage the power of StorNext software and market-leading hardware to offer predictable high-performance file sharing and archiving in purpose-built configurations of metadata controllers, expansion appliances and disk and archive enabled libraries. TheyPro Solutions are simple to deploy and architected to deliver scalable, industry-leading performance, drive lower operational costs and provide a flexible open system for enabling third party applications. These appliances also work seamlessly with traditional StorNext software and partner hardware offerings to provide additional options for building a shared storage area network (“SAN”) and scale out network-attached storage (“NAS”)scale-out NAS environment. They are intended to serve a wide range of markets, such as film editing,broadcast, post-production, video surveillance storage, DNA sequencing, corporate video and seismic processing or genome sequencingexploration, and balance the highest performance with the lowest long-term cost for sharing bigall types of unstructured data filesused in data intensive operations.

Lattus Object Storage

Our family of Lattus object storageObject Storage solutions enables high volumes of data to be immediately available to extract valuable information at any time, and over time. The Lattus family is designed as a forever disk archiveextended online storage with wide-ranging scalability from 500 terabytes to hundreds of petabytes with predictable retrieval times for high speed file access. They decrease capital and operating costs by using drives that have lower power and cooling requirements. In addition, theyThese systems have self-healing capabilities that offer extremely high durability to ensure data is not lost and virtually eliminateseliminate unscheduled maintenance and performance degradation. Lattus has been designed to be self-migrating through innovative algorithms that simplify upgrades to new storage technologies.

Q-Cloud Archive Services
Many customers are using the cloud in different ways and we offer Q-Cloud services for a variety of applications, including using the cloud as a tier for archive storage within StorNext storage environments. Q-Cloud Archive incorporates the power of the public cloud as an off-site tier within a StorNext 5 workflow environment without changes to existing applications or processes required.
Data Protection

DXi Disk Systems

Our DXi disk-based backup systems meet the needs of a broad range of customers, from small businesses and remote offices to large distributed enterprise data center environments, seeking high speed recovery and extreme reliability beyond what a tape-only environment can deliver. These solutions offer functionality normally reserved for enterprise class data centers, such as data deduplication, virtual tape, snapshot, data recovery and replication capabilities. Our disk-based backup appliances are designed for easy implementation and integration into existing environments and provide industry-leadingbest-in-class performance, capacity and price-performance.

Our DXi disk systems use deduplication technology to expandincrease the amount of backup data users can retain on traditional disk systems. The result is a cost-effective means for IT departments to store backup data on disk for months instead of days, providing high-speed restores, increasing available data recovery points and reducing media management. For disaster recovery in distributed environments, the DXi-SeriesTM also makes wide area network (“WAN”) replication practical because of the greatly reduced bandwidth required with data deduplication. By greatly increasing effective disk capacity, data deduplication enables users to retain backup data on fast recovery disk much longer than possible using conventional disk and significantly reduces the bandwidth needed to move data between sites. We hold a key patent in one of the most efficient methods of data deduplication, known as variable-length data deduplication.

Our DXi-Series systems provide a combination of high performance and advanced functionality. In addition to data deduplication, the core set of advanced features of the DXi-Series includes a high performance embedded file system, support for high speed data compression, asynchronous replication, direct tape creation and built-in monitoring and diagnostic tools.

vmPRO for Virtual Environments

Our virtual environment offerings include vmPRO software and vmPRO appliances.

Our vmPRO software provides virtualization data protection software with advanced utilities designed to dramatically improve and simplify virtual data protection in midrange and larger data centers. It works with our DXi family of deduplication products to accelerate backup, restore and disaster recovery protection in data center virtual environments while reducing IT costs. We also offer vmPRO appliances that provide an integrated data protection solution designed to simplify backups in virtual environments. These appliances include both backup software and integrated storage with deduplication in a single solution for small tomedium-size businesses and remote offices. The vmPRO appliances optimize virtual machines and accelerate performance by filtering out unassigned, expired and inactive data to reduce overhead on servers, networks and storage.



5


Scalar Tape Automation Systems

We are a leading supplier of tape automation products and we continue to expand features and capabilitiesfunctionality of our tape library offerings to increase storage capacity and improve performance. Our Scalar tape automation portfolio includes a range of products, from autoloaders with one tape drive and up to sixteen cartridges to large enterprise-class libraries which can hold hundreds of drives and thousands of cartridges. Our tape libraries intelligently manage and protect business critical data in workgroup, medium size business and enterprise data center environments. With an emphasis on ease of use, management features and investment optimization, Scalar tape libraries are designed to grow with business needs. These products integrate tape drives into a system with automation technology, advanced connectivity and sophisticated management tools, including integrated media integrity analysis in tape drives and library diagnostic systems. We also offer the SuperLoader®3 autoloader designed to maximize data density and performance.

Tying our libraries together from entry-level to enterprise is a common, integrated software called iLayer™iLayerTM, which provides monitoring, alerts and proactive diagnostics, thereby reducing service calls, shortening issue resolution time and decreasing the time users spend managing their tape automation solutions. In addition, we believe the growth in archiving of unstructured data represents a substantial opportunity for tape automation systems. To capitalize on this trend and the changing role of tape automation systems in data protection, we have invested in our enterprise Scalar i6000 and midrange Scalar i500 platforms to provide increased redundancy capabilities. These platforms can be implemented on their own or in an appliance configuration with our StorNext archiving software.

Devices and Media

Our device and media products include removable disk drives and libraries, NAS appliances and tape drives and media. Our RDX® removable and ruggedized disk backup devices combine attributes of disk and tape, with deduplication technology offered in our RDX disk libraries. Our NAS appliance has built-in backup software and deduplication technology, designed to enable businesses to significantly reduce storage requirements and network traffic.

We offer tape drives and media primarily based on the LTO format and added LTO-6 technology to our portfolio in fiscal 2013.format. Our LTO family of devices is designed to deliver outstanding performance, capacity and reliability, combining the advantages of linear multi-channel, bi-directional formats with enhancements in servo technology, data compression, track layout and error correction. These LTO tape drives are designed to provide midrange and enterprise customers with disaster recovery and cost-effective backup solutions.

We also sell a full range of storage media offerings to complement each tape drive technology and to satisfy a variety of specific media requirements. Our media is compatible with our drives, autoloaders and libraries as well as other industry products.

Cloud

Q-Cloud Storage Solutions

We offer a software platform

In addition to help customers take advantage of cloud-based data protection through a highly optimized, flexible approach designed to overcome the limitations of other cloud offerings. This platform is centered on our vmPRO technology and our virtual deduplication appliance, the DXi V1000TM. Our cloud-based data protection platform leverages our expertise in data protection to deliver a highly efficient, cost-effective foundation for cloud-based backup, restore and data recovery that helps customers transition easily and practically tousing the cloud onas a tier for archive storage within StorNext storage environments, we also offer Q-Cloud services for off-site disaster recovery storage using our deduplication technology. In both cases, our customers get the benefits of the cloud such as pricing flexibility and offsite storage for disaster recovery protection, in a way that integrates with their terms and timeframe.existing applications. Our approach is based on knowledge that mostenables customers continue to use both diskthe cloud as a tier of storage, resulting in hybrid-cloud storage solutions that best fit the needs of our customers’ workflows and tape for data protection on a mix of physical and virtual servers and are more comfortable with a hybrid cloud strategy. This focus on flexibility is reflected in the benefits provided by our cloud-optimized software platform including fast restores, cost-effective disaster recovery and business continuity, significant data reduction and WAN-optimized replication.

storage requirements.


Global Services and Warranty

Our global services strategy is an integral component of our total customer solution. Service is typically a significant purchase factor for customers considering either big data managementscale-out or data protection and storage solutions, and our ability to provide comprehensive service and support can present us withbe a noteworthy competitive advantage to attract new customers and retain existing customers. In addition, we believe that our ability to retain long-term customer relationships and secure repeat business is frequently tied directly to our service capabilities and performance.

Our extensive use of technology and innovative, built-in product intelligence allows us to scale our global services operations to meet the needs of our expanding installed base. We are currently able to provide service to customers in more than 100 countries, supported by 24-hour, multi-language technical support centers located in North America, Europe and Asia. We provide our customers with warranty coverage on all of our products. Customers with high availability requirements may also purchase additional service to extend the warranty period, obtain faster response times, or both, on our disk backup systems, tape automation products and software products.StorNext appliances. We offer this additional support coverage at a variety of response levels up to 24-hours a day, seven-days-a-week, 365-days-a-year, for customers with stringent high-availability needs. We provide support ranging from repair and replacement to 24-hour rapid exchange to on-site service support for our midrange and enterprise-class products.

We generally warrant our hardware products against defects for periods ranging from one to three years from the date of sale. We provide warranty and non-warranty repair services fromthrough our Colorado Springs, Colorado facilityservice team and for certain products, through third party service providers. In addition, we utilize various other third party service providers throughout the world to perform repair and warranty services for us to reach additional geographic areas and industries in order to provide quality services in a cost-effective manner.


6


Research and Development

We compete in an industry characterized by rapid technological change and evolving customer requirements. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to introduce new products and features to meet end user needs. Our research and development teams are working on the next generation disk, data deduplication, virtual systems, cloud solutions, object storage solutions, tape automation and big datascale-out storage technologies as well as software solutions to advance these technologies for the big data managementscale-out storage and archive and the data protection markets to meet changing customer requirements. We continue to focus our efforts on software solutions and integrated software and hardware solutions that offer improvements in the efficiency and cost of storing, moving, managing and protecting large amounts of data and providing solutions for the continuing convergence between backup and archive to provide compelling solutions for our customers.

We continue to invest in research and development to improve and expand our product lines and introduce new product lines, striving to provide superior data protection, including cloud environments, and big data and archivescale-out storage solutions. Research and development costs were $74.0$58.6 million, $74.3$64.4 million, and $73.0$74.0 million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Sales and Distribution Channels

Quantum Branded Sales Channels

For Quantum-branded products, we utilize distributors, VARs and direct marketing resellers.DMRs. Our integrated Quantum Alliance™Alliance Reseller Program provides our channel partners the option of purchasing products directly or through distribution and provides them access to a more comprehensive product line. Additionally, we sell directly to a select number of large corporate entities and government agencies.

OEM Relationships

We sell our products to several OEM customers that resell our hardware products under their own brand names and typically assume responsibility for product sales, end user service and support. We also license our software to certain OEM customers that include this software in their own brand name products. These OEM relationships enable us to reach end users not served by our branded distribution channels or our direct sales force. They also allow us to sell to select geographic or vertical markets where specific OEMs have exceptional strength.


Customers

Customers

Our sales are concentrated with several key customers because under our business model, as is typical for our industry, we sell to OEMs, distributors, VARs and DMRs to reach end user customers. Sales to our top five customers represented 31% of revenue in each of fiscal 2015 and 2014 and 32% of revenue in fiscal 2013, 34% of revenue in fiscal 2012 and 33% of revenue in fiscal 2011.2013. No customer accounted for 10% or more of our revenue in fiscal 2013 and 2012. In fiscal 2011, sales to Dell comprised 10% of revenue.2015, 2014 or 2013. Through our Quantum Alliance Reseller Program and our emphasis on growing our branded business, including increasing the independent channel, we are expanding our customer base and continue to distribute our products and services across a larger number of customers.

Competition

The markets in which we participate are highly competitive, characterized by rapid technological change and changing customer requirements. In some cases, our competitors in one market area are customers or suppliers in another. Our competitors often have greater financial, technical, manufacturing, marketing or other resources than we do. Additionally, the competitive landscape continues to change due to merger and acquisition activity as well as new entrants into the market.

Our StorNext softwareappliances and appliance productsworkflow solutions primarily face competition from EMC Corporation (“EMC”), International Business Machines Corporation (“IBM”), NetApp, Inc. (“NetApp”) and Spectra Logic Corporation. Our virtual solutions, vmPRO softwareother content storage vendors in the media and appliances, primarily compete with virtualization startupsentertainment industry as well as government agencies and traditional backup application vendors.departments. Our cloud solutions face competition from a large number of businesses that provide hardware, software and virtual solutions as well as companies that offer cloud services based on other technology. The Lattus object storageObject Storage solutions primarily compete with object storage solutions from other providers, ranging from startup companies to established companies, such as EMC.

EMC, as well as large public cloud storage providers.

Our disk backup solutions primarily compete with products sold by EMC, Hewlett-Packard Company (“HP”), IBM and NetApp, Inc. (“NetApp”).NetApp. Additionally, a number of software companies that have traditionally been partners with us have deduplication features in their products and will, at times, compete with us. A number of our competitors also license technology from other competing companies.


7


In the tape automation market, we primarily compete for midrange and enterprise reseller and end user business with Dell, Inc. ("Dell"), IBM, Oracle Corporation and OracleSpectraLogic Corporation as well as HP through its OEM relationship with other tape automation suppliers. Competitors for entry-level and OEM tape automation business include BDT Products, Inc. and several others that supply or manufacture similar products. In addition, disk backup products are a competitive alternative to tape products and solutions.

At the storage device level, our main competitors are HP and IBM. Both HP and IBM develop and sell their own LTO tape drives, which compete with our device offerings. We also face competition from disk alternatives, including removable disk drives in the entry-level market. Although we have our own removable disk drive offerings, several other companies sell removable disk drives, such as Dell, HP and Imation Corporation.

For a discussion of risks associated with competing technologies, see the Risk Factor in Item 1A "Risk Factors" titled, “We derive the majority of our revenue from products incorporating tape technology. Our future operating results depend in part on continued market acceptance and use of products employing tape technology and decreases in the market could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, if we are unable to compete with new or alternative storage technologies, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.”


Manufacturing

Manufacturing

We utilize

In fiscal 2014, we transitioned our manufacturing from a model incorporating in-house production and contract manufacturers to a fully outsourced model as part of our strategy to enhance our variable cost structure and provide more flexibility to cost-effectively manage the volume of products manufactured to align with our expectations, including market declines in the tape business and growth expectations in disk backup products and scale-out storage solutions. During fiscal 2015 we used contract manufacturers to produce a number of our products and we manufacture various other products in our own facilities. We manufacture our disk products, vmPRO appliances, StorNext appliances and certain tape automation systems and perform device and system configuration for our North American customers from our Colorado Springs, Colorado facility. In addition, we perform test and repair for these products in that same facility.

products.

We outsource the manufacture, repair and fulfillment of certaindisk backup products, scale-out storage solutions, tape automation systems, tape devices and service parts to contract manufacturers. Tape drives used in our products are primarily sourced from Hungary and Malaysia.China. Disk drives used in our products are largely sourced from Thailand, the Philippines and China. Certain tape automation system materials and assemblies as well as certain disk system materials and assemblies are sourced in China, Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand, Mexico and the U.S.

Our recording tape media is manufactured by one or more tape media manufacturing companies, which are qualified and licensed to manufacture, use and sell media products. In most cases, the media is produced in Japan and multi-sourced on a worldwide basis.

Intellectual Property and Technology

We develop and protect our technology and know-how, principally in the field of data storage. We generally rely on patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and contract rights to establish and maintain our proprietary rights in our technology and products. As of March 31, 2013,2015, we hold over 400 U.S. patents and have over 10070 pending U.S. patent applications. In general, these patents have a 20-year term from the first effective filing date for each patent. We also hold a number of foreign patents and patent applications for certain of our products and technologies. Although we believe that our patents and applications have significant value, rapidly changing technology in our industry means that our future success willmay also depend heavily on the technical competence and creative skills of our employees.

From time to time, third parties have asserted that the manufacture and sale of our products have infringed on their patents. We conduct ongoing investigations into the assertions and presently believe that either licenses are not knowingly infringing any third party patents. Should it ultimately be determined that licenses for third party patents are required, or that any licenses ultimately determinedwe will make best efforts to be required could be obtained on commercially reasonable terms. However, we cannot provide assurance thatobtain such licenses are presently obtainable, or if later determined to be required, could be obtained on commercially reasonable terms. See Item 3 “Legal Proceedings” for additional disclosures regarding on-going lawsuits alleging patent infringement.

On occasion, we have entered into various patent licensing and cross-licensing agreements with other companies. We may enter into patent cross-licensing agreements with other third parties in the future as part of our normal business activities. These agreements, when and if entered into, would enable these third parties to use certain patents that we own and enable us to use certain patents owned by these third parties. We have also sold certain patents, retaining a royalty-free license for these patents.

Segment Information
We operate as a single reporting unit and operating segment for business and operating purposes. Information about revenue attributable to each of our product groups is included in Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and information about revenue and long-lived assets attributable to certain geographic regions is included in Note 14 “Geographic Information” to the Consolidated Financial Statements and risks attendant to our foreign operations is set forth below in Item 1A “Risk Factors.”

8


Seasonality

As is typical in our industry, we generally have the greatest demand for our products and services in the fourth quarter of each calendar year, or our fiscal third quarter. We usually experience the lowest demand for our products and services in the first and second quarters of each calendar year, or our fiscal fourth quarter and fiscal first quarter, respectively.

Backlog

We manufacture our

Our products are manufactured based on forecasts of customer demand. We also place inventory in strategic locations throughout the world in order to enable certain key customers to obtain products on demand. Orders are generally placed by customers on an as-needed basis. Product orders are confirmed and, in most cases, shipped to customers within one week. More complex systems and product configurations often have longer lead times and may include on-site integration or customer acceptance. We ship mostMost of the backlog that we accumulateaccumulated during any particular fiscal quarter is shipped in the same quarter in which the backlog initially occurs. Therefore, our backlog generally grows during the first part of each fiscal quarter and shrinks during the latter part of the quarter to reach its lowest levels at the end of that same quarter, by which time significant shipments have occurred. As a result, our backlog as of the end of any fiscal quarter is not material and is not a predictor of future sales.

Employees

We had approximately 1,6601,250 employees worldwide as of March 31, 2013.

2015.


Available Information

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available free of charge on our website athttp:at http://www.quantum.com generally when such reports are available on the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) website. The contents of our website are not incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC athttp:at http://www.sec.gov.

Executive Officers and Management Team

Following are the names and positions of our management team as of May 29, 2015, including a brief account of his or her business experience.

Name Position with Quantum
Jon W. GacekGacek*President and Chief Executive Officer
Linda M. BreardBreard*Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
William C. BrittsBritts*Senior Vice President, OperationsWorldwide Sales and Global ServicesMarketing
Robert S. ClarkClark*Senior Vice President, Data Protection GroupProduct Operations
Shawn D. HallHall*Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Janae S. LeeLee*Senior Vice President, File System and ArchiveStrategy
Don Martella Senior Vice President, Engineering
Jim MuddGeoff StedmanSenior Vice President, Operations
Henrik RosendahlSenior Vice President, CloudStorNext Solutions
Ted StinsonSenior Vice President, Worldwide Sales

* Determined by the Board of Directors to be an “officer” for the purposes of Section 16 (a) of the Exchange Act.
Mr. Gacek became President and Chief Executive Officer and was also appointed to the Board of Directors in April 2011. He was President and Chief Operating Officer from January 2011 through March 2011. He joined Quantum as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in August 2006, upon Quantum’s acquisition of Advanced Digital Information Corporation (“ADIC”) and was promoted to Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer in June 2009. Previously, he served as the Chief Financial Officer at ADIC from 1999 to 2006 and also led Operations during his last three years at ADIC. Prior to ADIC, Mr. Gacek was an audit partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and led the Technology Practice in the firm’s Seattle office. While at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, he assisted several private equity investment firms with a number of mergers, acquisitions, leveraged buyouts and other transactions. Mr. Gacek serves on the board

9


Ms. Breardjoined Quantum as Vice President of Finance in August 2006, upon Quantum’s acquisition of ADIC. In May 2009, she was promoted to Senior Vice President and assumed responsibility for IT and Facilities in addition to Finance. In January 2011, Ms. Breard was promoted to Chief Financial Officer, and in April 2012 she added Human Resources and Corporate Communications to her portfolio. Prior to Quantum, she spent eight years at ADIC, serving as Vice President of Finance and Accounting and in other leadership positions, where she was deeply involved in the company’s merger and acquisition activity and success in driving growth. Earlier in her career, Ms. Breard worked in public accounting for six years.

Mr. Brittsjoined Quantum as Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing in August 2006, upon Quantum’s acquisition of ADIC. He served in this position until June 2011, when he assumed the role of Senior Vice President, Worldwide Marketing, Service and Business Development. In April 2012, Mr. Britts added Operations to his portfolio and now serves asportfolio. In July 2013, he was named Senior Vice President, OperationsWorldwide Sales and Global Services, with continued responsibility for Worldwide Marketing and Business Development.Marketing. Prior to Quantum, he spent 12 years at ADIC, where he held numerous leadership positions, including Executive Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing, Vice President of Sales and Marketing and Director of Marketing. Before ADIC, Mr. Britts served in a number of marketing and sales positions at Raychem Corp. and its subsidiary, Elo TouchSystems.



Mr. Clarkjoined Quantum as Director of Tape Products in August 2006, upon Quantum’s acquisition of ADIC. In March 2009, he was promoted to Vice President with responsibility for various product lines, as well as business operations and OEM sales. In April 2010, he was named Senior Vice President, Tape and OEM Product Group subsequently(subsequently reorganized as the Data Protection Group.Disk and Tape Backup Product Group). In January 2014, Mr. Clark assumed additional responsibility for all Quantum products in a newly named Product Operations organization. In April 2015, Mr. Clark also assumed responsibility for both Operations and Service. Prior to Quantum, Mr. Clark was at HP for 10 years in various engineering and sales positions.

Mr. Halljoined Quantum in 1999 as Corporate Counsel, became Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in 2001 and was promoted to Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in May 2009. Prior to Quantum, Mr. Hall worked at the law firms of Skadden, Arps and Willkie Farr & Gallagher, where he practiced in the areas of mergers and acquisitions and corporate finance, representing numerous public and private technology companies.

Ms. Leejoined Quantum in October 2007 as Vice President, Marketing and in April 2010 was promoted to Senior Vice President, Disk and Software Products, subsequently reorganized as File System and Archive. In January 2014, she was named to a new position as Senior Vice President, Strategy. She has more than 30 years of experience in the storage industry, including 10 years working with a variety of companies in data reduction and file system software and hardware. Previously, she was Chief Executive Officer at TimeSpring Software Corporation, Vice President of Product, Marketing and Business Development at Avamar Technologies and a senior sales and marketing executive at both Legato Systems, Inc. and IBM.

Mr. Martellajoined Quantum as Vice President, Automation Engineering in August 2006, upon Quantum’s acquisition of ADIC. In June 2010, he was promoted to Senior Vice President, Platform Engineering, and in April 2011 assumed his current role. Before joining Quantum, Mr. Martella served as a Vice President of Engineering and Quality at ADIC, where he spent five years in various leadership positions. Previously, he held engineering positions in the storage and process control industries.

Mr. MuddStedmanjoined Quantum in December 2000. Prior to assuming his current role, he served as Vice President, Supply Chain and, before that, Director of Materials. Mr. Mudd has 30 years of manufacturing experience with high tech companies in the electronic, medical and data storage industries. He has an extensive background in manufacturing operations, having served in executive level positions at companies including Visicom/Coors Ceramics, Telectronics, Inc. and Monolythic Power Systems, Inc.

Mr. Rosendahljoined Quantum as Vice President, Virtualization Systems in June 2011, upon Quantum’s acquisition of Pancetera Software, Inc. (“Pancetera”) and in April 2012 assumed responsibility for cloud solutions, becoming Senior Vice President, Cloud Solutions. Mr. Rosendahl served as Chief Executive Officer at Pancetera from January 2010 until acquired by Quantum. He was the Director of Application Virtualization at VMware, Inc. (“VMware”) from January 2008 to December 2009 and Chief Executive Officer at Thinstall, Inc., from October 2006 until its acquisition by VMware. Previously, Mr. Rosendahl held executive and senior leadership positions at several technology companies in the U.S. and Europe.

Mr. Stinsonjoined Quantum as Senior Vice President, Worldwide SalesStorNext Solutions in June 2011. Previously,March 2014. From March 2012 to February 2014, Mr. Stedman served as vice president of marketing at Tintri, Inc., and he was senior vice president and general manager of the Storage Business Unit at Harmonic, Inc. He joined Harmonic in conjunction with its acquisition of Omneon, Inc. where he spent seven years as senior vice president of worldwide marketing. Before Omneon, Mr. Stedman held marketing positions at Symantec Corporation and Veritas Software Corp., prior to its acquisition by Symantec. His most recent position there was Vice President, America Sales – Advanced Technologies, where he led the sales organization responsible for a portfolioseveral technology companies.


10

Table of high-growth solutions that included data loss prevention, deduplication and archiving. Mr. Stinson also served as Vice President, Strategic Operations at Symantec, where he oversaw business development, alliances, pricing, strategy and strategic marketing organizations for the Data Center Management Group. Before joining Veritas, Mr. Stinson held key senior sales, marketing and product leadership roles at Embark.com, Inc., a SaaS-based solution provider.

Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE RISKS DESCRIBED BELOW, TOGETHER WITH ALL OF THE OTHER INFORMATION INCLUDED IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K. THE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES DESCRIBED BELOW ARE NOT THE ONLY ONES FACING QUANTUM. ADDITIONAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES NOT PRESENTLY KNOWN TO US OR THAT AREWE CURRENTLY DEEMEDBELIEVE ARE IMMATERIAL MAY ALSO IMPAIR OUR BUSINESS AND OPERATIONS. THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K CONTAINS “FORWARD-LOOKING” STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. PLEASE SEE PAGE 1 OF THIS REPORT FOR ADDITIONAL DISCUSSION OF THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.


We derive the majority of our revenue from products incorporating tape technology. Our future operating results depend in part on continued market acceptance and use of products employing tape technology and decreases in the market has materially and adversely impacted our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, if we are unable to compete with new or alternative storage technologies, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

We derive the majority of our revenue from products that incorporate some form of tape technology, and we expect to continue to derive significant revenue from these products in the next several years. As a result, our future operating results depend in part on continued market acceptance and use of products employing tape technology. We believe that the storage environment is changing, including reduced demand for tape products. Decreased market acceptance or use of products employing tape technology has materially and adversely impacted our business, financial condition and operating results and we expect that our revenues from tape products will continue to decline, which could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results in the future.
Disk products as well as various software solutions and alternative technologies continue to gain broader market acceptance. We expect that, over time, many of our tape customers will continue to migrate toward these products and solutions. While we are making targeted investment in software, disk backup systems and other alternative technologies, these markets are characterized by rapid innovation, evolving customer demands and strong competition, including competition with several companies who are also significant customers. If we are not successful in our efforts, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.
We rely on indirect sales channels to market and sell our branded products. Therefore, the loss of or deterioration in our relationship with one or more of our resellers or distributors, or our inability to establish new indirect sales channels to drive growth of our branded revenue, especially for disk systems and software solutions, could negatively affect our operating results.

We sell the majority of our branded products to value-added resellers, ordistributors such as Ingram Micro, Inc. and others, VARs and to direct marketing resellers such as CDW Corporation, who in turn sell our products to end users and to distributors such as Ingram Micro, Inc. and others.. The success of these sales channels is hard to predict, particularly over time, and we have no purchase commitments or long-term orders from them that assure us of any baseline sales through these channels. Several of our resellers carry competing product lines that they may promote over our products. A reseller might not continue to purchase our products or market them effectively, and each reseller determines the type and amount of our products that it will purchase from us and the pricing of the products that it sells to end user customers. Establishing new indirect sales channels is an important part of our strategy to drive growth of our branded revenue.

As we introduce new products and solutions, we could negatively impact our relationship with channel partners that historically have sold other products and solutions that now compete with our new offerings. For example, we introduced various StorNext appliance solutions beginning in fiscal 2012 causing us to more directly compete for hardware sales with channel partners that sold other hardware products in conjunction with our StorNext software.

Certain of our contracts with customers contain “most favored nation” pricing provisions mandating that we offer our products to these customers at the lowest price offered to other similarly situated customers. In addition, sales of our enterprise products, and the revenue associated with the on-site service of those products, are somewhat concentrated in specific customers, including government agencies and government-related companies. Any failure of such customers and agencies to continue purchasing products in the same quantities and in the same time frames as they have in the past could affect our operating results. Our operating results could be adversely affected by any number of factors including:

A change in competitive strategy that adversely affects a reseller’s willingness or ability to distribute our products;
  • The reduction, delay or cancellation of orders or the return of a significant amount of products;
  • Our inability to gain traction in developing new indirect sales channels for our branded products;
  • The loss of one or more of such distributors or resellers;
  • Any financial difficulties of such distributors or resellers that result in their inability to pay amounts owed to us; or
  • Changes in requirements or programs that allow our products to be sold by third parties to government customers.

    We derive the majority


    11

    Table of our revenue from products incorporating tape technology. Our future operating results depend in part on continued market acceptance and use of products employing tape technology and decreases in the market could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, if we are unable to compete with new or alternative storage technologies, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

    We derive the majority of our revenue from products that incorporate some form of tape technology and we expect to continue to derive significant revenue from these products in the next several years. As a result, our future operating results depend in part on continued market acceptance and use of products employing tape technology. The use of products employing tape technology continues to decrease and is projected to continue to decrease. Decreased market acceptance or use of products employing tape technology has materially and adversely impacted our business, financial condition and operating results and could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results in the future.

    Disk products as well as various software solutions and alternative technologies continue to gain broader market acceptance. We face risks that our tape customers migrate toward these products and solutions. We are addressing this risk through our own targeted investment in disk systems and other alternative technologies; however, these markets are characterized by rapid innovation, evolving customer demands and strong competition, including competition with several companies who are also significant customers. If we are not successful in our efforts, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.


    Contents

    If our products fail to meet our or our customers’ specifications for quality and reliability, we may face liability and reputational or financial harm which may adversely impact our results of operations, may be adversely impacted and our competitive position may suffer.

    Although we place great emphasis on product quality, we may from time to time experience problems with the performance of our products, which could result in one or more of the following:

    Increased costs related to fulfillment of our warranty obligations;
  • The reduction, delay or cancellation of orders or the return of a significant amount of products;
  • Focused failure analysis causing distraction of the sales, operations and management teams; or
  • The loss of reputation in the market and customer goodwill.

    These factors could cause our business, financial condition and results of operations to be materially and adversely affected.

    In addition, we face potential liability for performance problems of our products because our end users employ our storage technologies for the storage and backup of important data and to satisfy regulatory requirements. Although we maintain technology errors and omissions liability insurance, our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type or may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. Any imposition of liability or litigation costs that is not covered by insurance or is in excess of our insurance coverage could harm our business. In addition, we could potentially face claims for product liability from our customers if our products cause property damage or bodily injury. Although we maintain general liability insurance, our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type or may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. Any imposition of liability or litigation costs that is not covered by insurance or is in excess of our insurance coverage could harm our business.
    A large percentage of our sales come fromare to a few customers, some of which are also competitors, and these customers generally have no minimum or long-term purchase commitments. The loss of, or a significant reduction in demand from, one or more key customers could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

    Our sales have been and continue to be concentrated among a few customers because under our business model, we sell to OEMs, distributors, VARs and DMRs to reach end user customers. Furthermore, customers are not obligated to purchase any minimum product volume, and our relationships with customers are terminable at will. Revenue from OEM customers has decreased in recent years. If we experience further declines in revenue from OEM customers or any of our other large customers, weour business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, certain of our large customers are also our competitors, and such customers could decide to reduce or terminate their purchases of our products for competitive reasons.

    Some of our tape and disk products are incorporated into larger storage systems or solutions that are marketed and sold to end users by large OEM customers as well as VARs, channel partners and other distributors. Because of this, we have limited market access to these end users, limiting our ability to reach and influence their purchasing decisions. These market conditions further our reliance on these OEM and other large customers such as distributors and VARs. Thus if they were to significantly reduce, cancel or delay their orders with us, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

    A portion of our sales are to various agencies and departments of the U.S. federal government.government, and funding cuts to federal spending can adversely impact our revenue. The U.S. Congress passed the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 which implemented automatic spending cuts beginning March 1, 2013. TheseBetween October 1 and October 16, 2013, the U.S. government partial shutdown caused reductions, cancellations and delayed orders. Future spending cuts by the U.S. federal government could decrease revenue from sales to the federal government that could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.


    12


    Our operating results depend on a limited number of products and on new product introductions, which may not be successful, in which case our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

    A limited number of products comprise a significant majority of our sales, and due to rapid technological change in the industry, our future operating results depend on our ability to develop and successfully introduce new products. To compete effectively, we must continually improve existing products and introduce new ones. We have devoted and expect to continue to devote considerable management and financial resources to these efforts. We cannot provide assurance that:

    We will introduce new products in the timeframe we are forecasting;
  • We will not experience technical, quality, performance-related or other difficulties that could prevent or delay theintroductionthe introduction and market acceptance of new products;
  • Our new products will achieve market acceptance and significant market share, or that the markets for theseproductsthese products will continue or grow as we have anticipated;
  • Our new products will be successfully or timely qualified with our customers by meeting customer performance andqualityand quality specifications which must occur before customers will place large product orders; or
  • We will achieve high volume production of these new products in a timely manner, if at all.

    If we are not successful in timely completion of our new product qualifications and then ramping sales to our key customers, our revenue and results of operations could be adversely impacted. In addition, if the quality of our products is not acceptable to our customers, this could result in customer dissatisfaction, lost revenue and increased warranty and repair costs.



    We continue to face risks related to economic uncertainty and slow economic growth.

    Uncertainty about economic conditions poses a risk as businesses may further reduce or postpone spending in response to reduced budgets, tightening of credit markets, negative financial news and declines in income or asset values which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The slow economic growth in recent years along with periods of economic uncertainty in various countries around the world havehas had a material and adverse impact on our business and our financial condition, includingcondition.
    In particular, we have experienced reduced demand for IT products and services overall and more specifically for products with tape technology in the data protection market. We continue to face risks related to economic conditions in Europe, including concerns about the potential default of various national bondssovereign debt and debt backed by individual countries, as well the politics impacting these,related political matters, which could negatively impact the U.S. and global economies and adversely affect our financial results. In addition, our ability to access capital markets may be restricted, which could have an impact on our ability to react to changing economic and business conditions and could also adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

    Competition may intensify in the data protection market as a result of competitors introducing products based on new technology standards and merger and acquisition activity, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

    Our competitors in the data protection market for disk backup systems and virtual machine solutions are aggressively trying to advance and develop new technologies and products to compete against our technologies and products, and we face the risk that customers could choose competitor products over ours. Competition in our markets is characterized by technological innovation and advancement. As a result of competition and new technology standards, our sales or gross margins could decline, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

    Technological developments and competition over the years in the tape automation market and in the storage market in general has resulted in decreased prices for tape automation products and product offerings. Pricing pressure is more pronounced in the tape automation market for entry-level products and leastless pronounced for enterprise products. Similar to our competitors,Over time, the prices of our products may be priced lower and competitor products have decreased, but such products often incorporate new and/or different features and technologies than prior years. We face risks that customers could choose competitor products over ours due to these features and technologies or due to pricing differences. We have managed pricing pressure by reducing production costs and/or adding features to increase value to maintain a certain level of gross margin for our tape automation systems. IfHowever, certain of our costs are fixed in the short term, so we may not be able to offset price decreases or reductions in demand sufficiently to maintain our profitability. In addition, if competition further intensifies, or if there is additional industry consolidation, our sales and gross margins for tape automation systems could decline, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.


    13

    Table of Contents

    Industry consolidation and competing technologies with device products, which include tape drives and removable hard drives, have resulted in decreased prices and increasingly commoditized device products. Our response has been to manage our device business at the material margin level, and we have chosen not to compete for sales in intense price-based situations or if we would be unable to maintain a certain gross margin level. Our focus has shifted to higher margin opportunities in other product lines. Although revenue from devices has decreased in recent years, our material margins have remained relatively stable over this period. We have exited certain portions of the device market and have anticipated decreased sales of devices. We face risk of reduced shipments of our devices beyond our plans and could have reduced margins on these products, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

    Additionally, the competitive landscape could change due to merger and acquisition activity in the data protection market. Such transactions may impact us in a number of ways. For instance, they could result in:

    Competitors decreasing in number but having greater resources and becoming more competitive with us;
  • Companies that we have not historically competed against entering into one or more of our primary markets andincreasingand increasing competition in thatsuch market(s); and
  • Customers that are also competitors becoming more competitive with us and/or reducing their purchase of ourproducts.our products.


    These transactions also create uncertainty and disruption in the market because whether a pending transaction will be completed, the timing of such a transaction and its degree of impact are often unknown. Given these factors and others, such merger and acquisition activity may materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

    Competition may intensify in the big data and archivescale-out storage market as a result of competitors introducing products based on new technology standards and merger and acquisition activity,market consolidation, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

    Competition in the big data and archivescale-out storage market is characterized by technological innovation and advancement, including performance and scale features, and our competitors are aggressively trying to advance and develop new technologies and solutions. We face the riskIf we are unable to compete effectively in these markets and develop solutions that customers could choose competitor solutions over ours due to thesehave features and technologies. As a result of competition andtechnologies that our customers desire, including new technology standards, our sales from software solutions and appliances could decline, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

    Additionally, the competitive landscape could change due to mergermergers and acquisition activity.acquisitions among our competitors, customers and partners. Transactions such as these may impact us in a number of ways. For instance, they could result in:

    Competitors decreasing in number but having greater resources and becoming more competitive with us;
  • Companies that we have not historically competed against entering into one or more of our primary markets andincreasingand increasing competition in thatsuch market(s); and
  • Customers that are also competitors becoming more competitive with us and/or reducing their purchase of ourproducts.

    our products; and

    Competitors acquiring our current suppliers or business partners and negatively impacting our business model.
    These transactions also create uncertainty and disruption in the market, because whether a pending transaction will be completed, the timing of such a transaction and its degree of impact are often unknown. Given these factors and others, such merger and acquisition activity may materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

    A significant decline in our media royalty, branded software or OEM deduplication software revenues could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

    Our media royalties, branded software and OEM deduplication software revenues are relatively profitable and can significantly impact total company profitability. We receive media royalty revenue based on tape media cartridges sold by various tape media manufacturers and resellers. Under our license agreements with these companies, each of the licensees determines the pricing and number of units of tape media cartridges that it sells. Our media royalty revenue varies depending on the level of sales of the various media cartridge offerings sold by the licensees and other factors, including:

    The size of the installed base of devices and similar products that use tape media cartridges;
  • The performance of our strategic licensing partners, which sell tape media cartridges;
  • The relative growth in units of newer device products, since the associated media cartridges for newer productstypicallyproducts typically sell at higher prices than the media cartridges associated with older products;
  • The media consumption habits and rates of end users;
  • The pattern of device retirements; and
  • The level of channel inventories.


    14

    Table of Contents

    Our media royalties depend on royalty rates and the quantity of media consumed in the market. We do not control licensee sales of these tape media cartridges. Reduced royalty rates, or a reduced installed device base using tape media cartridges, would result in further reductions in our media royalty revenue and could reduce gross margins. This could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

    Our branded software revenues are also dependent on many factors, including the success of competitive offerings, our ability to execute on our product roadmap and our effectiveness at marketing and selling our branded software solutions directly or through our channel partners. Disruptions to any one of these factors could reduce our branded software revenues, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.



    Our OEM deduplication software revenues also depend on many factors, including the success of competitive offerings, our ability to execute on our product roadmap with our OEM deduplication software partners, the effort of our OEM deduplication software partners in marketing and selling the resulting products, the market acceptance of the resulting products and changes in the competitive landscape, such as that which occurred with EMC’s purchaseincluding the impact of Data Domain. Our relationship with EMC changed from partner to competitor in deduplication as a result of their acquisition of Data Domain. Following this acquisition, except for the first quarter of fiscal 2011 whenacquisitions. At various times, we had significant revenue was recognized in accordance with contractual requirements, ourfrom OEM deduplication software revenue has significantly declined,and at times we had negligible revenue from OEM deduplication software, which negatively impacted our results. Any further disruptions to the factors on which our OEM deduplication software revenues dependsdepend could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

    Some of our products contain licensed, third-party technology that provides important product functionality and features. The loss or inability to obtain any such license could have a material adverse effect on our business.
    Our products may contain technology licensed from third parties that provides important product functionality and features. We have contractual protections within our license agreements to help mitigate against the risks of incorporating third-party technology into our products. However, there remains a risk that we may not have continued access to this technology, for instance, if the licensing company ceased to exist, either from bankruptcy, dissolution or purchase by a competitor. In addition, legal actions, such as intellectual property actions, brought against the licensing company could impact our future access to the technology. We also have limited control of the technology roadmap and cannot ensure that the licensing company will advance the roadmap of the licensed technology in the manner best for Quantum. Any of these actions could negatively impact our technology licensing, thereby reducing the functionality and/or features of our products, and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. We also face the risk of not being able to quickly implement a replacement technology or otherwise mitigating the risks associated with not having access to this licensed technology, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
    We have taken considerable steps towards reducing our cost structure and may take further cost reduction actions. The steps we have taken and may take in the future may not reduce our cost structure to a level appropriate in relation to our future sales and therefore, these anticipated cost reductions may be insufficient to result in consistent profitability.

    In the last several years, we have recorded significant restructuring charges and made cash payments in order to reduce our cost of sales and operating expenses to respond to adverse economic and industry conditions, from strategic management decisions and to rationalize our operations following acquisitions. These restructurings may result in decreases to our revenues or adversely affect our ability to grow our business in the future. We may take future steps to further reduce our operating costs, including future cost reduction steps or restructurings in response to strategic decisions, adverse changes in our business or industry or future acquisitions. We may be unable to reduce our cost of sales and operating expenses at a rate and to a level appropriate in relation to our future sales, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

    If we are unable to attract and retain skilled employees, our business could be adversely impacted.

    We may be subject to increased turnover in our employee base or the inability to fill open headcount requisitions due to competition, concerns about our operational performance or other factors. In addition, we may rely on the performance of employees whose skill sets are not sufficiently developed to fulfill their expected job responsibilities. Either of these situations could impair or delay our ability to realize operational and strategic objectives and cause increased expenses and lost sales opportunities.

    Additionally, over the last several years, we made certain changes in strategic direction focusing on key technology segments. As part of this change in focus, we reduced costs of revenue and other operating expenses. Executing on this new strategic direction as well as the ongoing efficiency initiatives across the company could adversely affect our ability to retain and hire key personnel and may result in reduced productivity by our employees.
    The loss of the services of any of our key employees, the inability to attract or retain qualified talent in the future, or delays in hiring required talent, particularly sales and engineering talent, could delay the development and introduction of our products or services and/or negatively affect our ability to sell our products or services.

    15


    Economic or other business factors may lead us to write down the carrying amount of our goodwill or long-lived assets, such as the goodwill impairment charge in fiscal 2009, which could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations.

    We evaluate our goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, or more frequently when indicators of impairment are present. Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate impairment might exist. We continue to monitor relevant market and economic conditions, including the price of our stock, and perform appropriate impairment reviews when conditions deteriorate such that we believe the value of our goodwill could be further impaired or an impairment exists in our long-lived assets. ItWe have been required to record material goodwill impairment charges in the past and it is possible that conditions could deteriorate due to economic or other factors that affect our business, resulting in the need to write down the carrying amount of our goodwill or long-lived assets to fair value at the time of such assessment. As a result of any impairment charge, our operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

    Third party intellectual property infringement claims could result in substantial liability and significant costs, and, as a result, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

    From time to time, third parties allege our infringement of and need for a license under their patented or other proprietary technology, such as our current litigation with CTS Solutions and Overland StorageCrossroads Systems, Inc. described in LegalItem 3 "Legal Proceedings." While we currently believe the amount of ultimate liability, if any, with respect to any such actions will not materially affect our financial position, results of operations or liquidity, the ultimate outcome of any license discussion or litigation is uncertain. Adverse resolution of any third party infringement claim could subject us to substantial liabilities and require us to refrain from manufacturing and selling certain products. In addition, the costs incurred in intellectual property litigation can be substantial, regardless of the outcome. As a result, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.



    In addition, certain products or technologies acquired or developed by us may include “open source” software. Open source software is typically licensed for use at no initial charge. Certain open source software licenses, however, require users of the open source software to license to others any software that is based on, incorporates or interacts with, the open source software under the terms of the open source license. Although we endeavor to comply fully with such requirements, third parties could claim that we are required to license larger portions of our software than we believe we are required to license under open source software licenses. If such claims were successful, they could adversely impact our competitive position and financial results by providing our competitors with access to sensitive information that may help them develop competitive products. In addition, our use of open source software may harm our business and subject us to intellectual property claims, litigation or proceedings in the future because:

    As a result of our global manufacturing and sales operations, we are subject to a variety of risks that are uniquerelated to businesses with international operationsour business outside of a similar scope,the U.S., any of which could, individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on our business.

    A significant portion of our manufacturing and sales operations and supply chain occurs in countries other than the U.S. We also have sales outside the U.S. We utilize contract manufacturers to produce certain ofand fulfill orders for our products and have suppliers for various components, several of which have operations located in foreign countries including China, Hungary, Japan, Malaysia, Singapore, Mexico, the Philippines and Thailand. Because of these operations, we are subject to a number of risks including:

    Reduced or limited protection of our intellectual property;
    Compliance with multiple and potentially conflicting regulatory requirements and practices;
    Commercial laws that favor local businesses;
    Exposure to economic fluctuations including inflationary risk and continuing sovereign debt risk;
    Shortages in component parts and raw materials;
  • Import and export and trade regulation changes that could erode our profit margins or restrict our ability to transportourtransport our products;
  • The burden and cost of complying with foreign and U.S. laws governing corporate conduct outside the U.S.;
  • including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the United Kingdom Bribery Act and other similar regulations;
  • Adverse movement of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar (the currency in which our results are reported) andglobaland global economic conditions generally;

  • 16


    Inflexible employee contracts and employment laws that may make it difficult to terminate or change thecompensationthe compensation structure for employees in some foreign countries in the event of business downturns;
  • Recruiting employees in highly competitive markets and wage inflation in certain markets;
    Potential restrictions on the transfer of funds between countries;
  • Political, military, social and infrastructure risks, especially in emerging or developing economies;
  • Import and export duties and value-added taxes; and
  • Natural disasters, including earthquakes, flooding, typhoons and tsunamis.

    tsunamis; and

    Cultural differences that affect the way we do business.
    Any or all of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business.

    Our quarterly operating results could fluctuate significantly, and past quarterly operating results should not be used to predict future performance.

    Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated significantly in the past and could fluctuate significantly in the future. As a result, our quarterly operating results should not be used to predict future performance. Quarterly operating results could be materially and adversely affected by a number of factors, including, but not limited to:

    Fluctuations in IT spending as a result of economic conditions or fluctuations in U.S. federal government spending;
    Failure by our contract manufacturers to complete shipments in the last month of a quarter during which a substantial portion of our products aretypicallyare typically shipped;
  • Customers canceling, reducing, deferring or rescheduling significant orders as a result of excess inventory levels, weakeconomicweak economic conditions or other factors;
  • Customer
  • Seasonality, including customer fiscal year-ends and budget availability impacting customer demand for our products;
  • Declines in large orders ordefined as orders greater than $200,000;
  • Declines in royalty revenues;
  • Declines inor software revenues;
  • Product development and ramp cycles and product performance or quality issues;
  • issues of ours or our competitors;
  • Poor execution of and performance against expected sales and marketing plans and strategies;
  • Reduced demand from our OEM or distribution, VAR, DMR and other large customers;
    Increased competition which may, among other things, increase pricing pressure or reduce sales;
    Failure to meet the expectations of investors or analysts;
    Restructuring actions or unexpected costs; and
  • Increased competition.

  • Foreign exchange fluctuations.

    For instance, for the first quarter of fiscal 2013, our financial results were below our guidance for the period in part because we were unable to close a number of larger transactions. After we reported results on July 9, 2012, our share price declined by 28%.

    If we fail to meet our projected quarterly results, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

    If we fail to protect our intellectual property or if others use our proprietary technology without authorization, our competitive position may suffer.

    Our future success and ability to compete depends in part on our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of copyright, patent, trademark and trade secrets laws and nondisclosure agreements to establish and protect our proprietary technology. However, we cannot provide assurance that patents will be issued with respect to pending or future patent applications that we have filed or plan to file or that our patents will be upheld as valid or will prevent the development of competitive products or that any actions we have taken will adequately protect our intellectual property rights. We generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, customers, potential customers, contract manufacturers and others as required, in which we strictly limit access to, and distribution of, our software and further limit the disclosure and use of our proprietary information.

    Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain or use our products or technology. Enforcing our intellectual property rights can sometimes only be accomplished through the use of litigation. Our competitors may also independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S.


    17


    Because we may order components from suppliers in advance of receipt of customer orders for our products that include these components, we could face a material inventory risk if we fail to accurately forecast demand for our products or manage production, which could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

    Although we use third parties to manufacture certain of our products, in some cases we also manufacture products in-house. Managing our in-housemay retain the responsibility to purchase component inventory to support third party manufacturing capabilitiesactivities, which presents a number of risks that could materially and adversely affect our financial condition. For instance, as part of our component planning, we may place orders with or pay certain suppliers for components in advance of receipt of customer orders. We may occasionally enter into negotiated orders with vendors early in the manufacturing process of our products to ensure that we have sufficient components for our products to meet anticipated customer demand. Because the design and manufacturing process for these components can be complicated, it is possible that we could experience a design or manufacturing flaw that could delay or even prevent the production of the components for which we previously committed to pay. We also face the risk of ordering too many components, or conversely, not enough components, since supply orders are generally based on forecasts of customer orders rather than actual customer orders. In addition, in some cases, we may make non-cancelable order commitments to our suppliers for work-in-progress, supplier’s finished goods, custom sub-assemblies, discontinued (end-of-life) components and Quantum-unique raw materials that are necessary to meet our lead times for finished goods. If we cannot change or be released from supply orders, we could incur costs from the purchase of unusable components, either due to a delay in the production of the components or other supplies or as a result of inaccurately predicting supply orders in advance of customer orders. These same risks exist with our third party contract manufacturing partners. Our business and operating results could be materially and adversely affected if we incur increased costs or are unable to fulfill customer orders.



    Some of ourOur manufacturing, component production and service repair are outsourced to third party contract manufacturers, component suppliers and service providers. If we cannot obtain products, parts and services from these third parties in a cost effective and timely manner that meets our customers’ expectations, this could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

    Many aspects of our supply chain and operational results are dependent on the performance of third party business partners. We increased the use of third party contract manufacturers, service providers and/or product integrators in fiscal 2014. We face a number of risks as a result of these relationships, including, among others:

    Sole source of product supply
    In many cases, our business partner may be the sole source of supply for the products or parts they manufacture,or the services they provide, for us. Because we are relying on one supplier, we are at greater risk ofexperiencingof experiencing shortages, reduced production capacity or other delays in customer deliveries that could result incustomerin customer dissatisfaction, lost sales and increased expenses, each of which could materially damage customerrelationships and result in lost revenue.

  • Cost and purchase commitments
    We may not be able to control the costs for the products our business partners manufacture for us or the servicestheyservices they provide to us. They procure inventory to build our products based upon a forecast of customer demand thatwethat we provide. We could be responsible for the financial impact on the contract manufacturer, supplier or serviceproviderservice provider of any reduction or product mix shift in the forecast relative to materials that they had alreadypurchasedalready purchased under a prior forecast. Such a variance in forecasted demand could require us to pay them for finishedgoodsfinished goods in excess of current customer demand or for excess or obsolete inventory and generally incur higher costs.Ascosts. As a result, we could experience reduced gross margins and operating losses based on these purchasecommitments.purchase commitments. With respect to service providers, although we have contracts for most of our third party repairservicerepair service vendors, the contract period may not be the same as the underlying service contract with our customer.Incustomer. In such cases, we face risks that the third party service provider may increase the cost of providing services oversubsequent periods contracted with our customer.

  • Financial condition and stability
    Our third party business partners may suffer adverse financial or operational results or may be negativelyimpactednegatively impacted by global and local economic conditions. Therefore, we may face interruptions in the supply ofproductof product components or service as a result of financial or other volatility affecting our supply chain. We couldsuffercould suffer production downtime or increased costs to procure alternate products or services as a result of the possibleinadequate financial condition of one or more of our business partners.


  • 18


    Quality and supplier conduct
    We have limited control over the quality of products and components produced and services provided by oursupplyour supply chain and third party contract manufacturing and service business partners. Therefore, the quality of the products, parts or services may not be acceptable toourto our customers and could result in customer dissatisfaction, lost revenue and increased warranty costs. Inaddition,In addition, we have limited control over the manner in which our business partners conduct their business. Sub-tier suppliers selected by the primary third party could have process control issues or could select componentswithcomponents with latent defects that manifest over a longer period of time. We may face negative consequences or publicityaspublicity as a result of a third party’s failure to comply with applicable compliance, trade, environmental or employmentregulations.

    employment regulations.

    Any or all of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business. In the past we have successfully transitioned products or component supply from one supplier or manufacturing location to another existing supplier of different products or to our own facilities without significant financial or operational impact, but there is no guarantee of our continued ability to do so.

    If we do not successfully manage the changes that we have made and may continue to make to our infrastructure and management, our business could be disrupted, and that could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

    Managing change is an important focus for us. In recent years, we have implemented several significant initiatives involving our sales and marketing, engineering and operations organizations, aimed at increasing our efficiency and better aligning these groups with our corporate strategy. In addition, we have reduced headcount to streamline and consolidate our supporting functions as appropriate in response to market or competitive conditions and following past acquisitions.acquisitions and are increasing our reliance on certain third party business relationships. Our inability to successfully manage the changes that we implement and detect and address issues as they arise could disrupt our business and adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

    Because we rely heavily on distributors and other resellers to market and sell our products, if one or more distributors were to experience a significant deterioration in its financial condition or its relationship with us, this could disrupt the distribution of our products and reduce our revenue, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.



    In certain product and geographic segments we heavily utilize distributors and value added resellers to perform the functions necessary to market and sell our products. To fulfill this role, the distributor must maintain an acceptable level of financial stability, creditworthiness and the ability to successfully manage business relationships with the customers it serves directly. Under our distributor agreements with these companies, each of the distributors determines the type and amount of our products that it will purchase from us and the pricing of the products that it sells to its customers. If the distributor is unable to perform in an acceptable manner, we may be required to reduce the amount of sales of our product to the distributor or terminate the relationship. We may also incur financial losses for product returns from distributors or for the failure or refusal of distributors to pay obligations owed to us. Either scenario could result in fewer of our products being available to the affected market segments, reduced levels of customer satisfaction and/or increased expenses, which could in turn have a material and adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

    Our capital structure includes debt,

    We have significant indebtedness, which imposes upon us debt service obligations, and our credit facility contains various operating and financial covenants that limit our discretion in the operation of our business. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows from operations to meet these debt obligations or remain in compliance with the covenants, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

    Our level of indebtedness presents risks to investors, both in terms of the constraints that it places on our ability to operate our business and because of the possibility that we may not generate sufficient cash to pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness as it becomes due.

    Potential consequences For example, the outstanding $83.7 million aggregate principal amount as of havingMay 29, 2015 of our 3.50% convertible subordinated notes is payable by us on November 15, 2015.  If we are unable to generate cash sufficient to meet this obligation through a refinancing or otherwise, we could default under these notes, which could cause an acceleration of our other outstanding indebtedness and could have a material effect on us. For further description of our outstanding debt, include:


    19


    As a result of our indebtedness:
    We must dedicate a portion of our cash flow from operations and other capital resources to debt service,thereby reducing our ability to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development and other cashrequirements; 
  • Limiting ourcash requirements;
  • Our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes and opportunities in the markets in which we competesuch as limiting may be limited, including our ability to engage in mergers and acquisitions activity, which may place us at a competitivedisadvantage; 
  • Mandatorycompetitive disadvantage;
  • We are subject to mandatory field audits and control of cash receipts by the lender if we do not maintain liquidity above certainthresholds; 
  • Increasing our vulnerabilitycertain thresholds;
  • We may be more vulnerable to adverse economic and industry conditions;
  • Making it more difficult or impossible for us
  • We may be unable to make payments on other indebtedness or obligations; and
  • Limiting our ability
  • We may be unable to incur additional debt on acceptable terms, if at all.

    Our credit facility agreement contains restrictive covenants that require us to comply with and maintain certain financial tests and ratios, as well as restrict our ability, subject to certain thresholds, to:

    Incur debt;
  • Incur liens;
  • Make acquisitions of businesses or entities or sell certain assets;
  • Make investments, including loans, guarantees and advances;
  • Engage in transactions with affiliates;
  • Pay dividends or engage in stock repurchases; and
  • Enter into certain restrictive agreements.

    Our ability to comply with covenants contained in this credit agreement may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions.

    Our credit facility agreement is collateralized by a pledge of all of our assets. If we were to default and were unable to obtain a waiver for such a default, the lender would have a right to foreclose on our assets in order to satisfy our obligations under the credit agreement. Any such action on the part of the lender against us could have a materially adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.



    Our stock price has been volatile and such volatility could become more volatile if certainincrease based on the trading activity of our institutional investors were to increase or decrease the number of shares they own.investors. In addition, there are other factors and events that could affect the trading prices of our common stock.

    A small number of institutional investors have owned a significant portion of our common stock at various times in recent years. If any or all of these investors were to decide to purchase significant additional shares or to sell significant amounts or all of the common shares they currently own, or if there is a perception that those sales may occur, that may cause our stock price to be more volatile. For example, there have been instances in the past where a shareholder with a significant equity position began to sell shares, putting downward pressure on our stock price for the duration of their selling activity. In these situations, selling pressure outweighed buying demand and our stock price declined. This situation has occurred due to our stock price falling below institutional investors’ price thresholds and our volatility increasing beyond investors’ volatility parameters, causing even greater sellselling pressure.

    Trading prices of our common stock may fluctuate in response to a number of other events and factors, such as:

    General economic conditions;
  • Changes in interest rates;
  • Fluctuations in the stock market in general and market prices for technology companies in particular;
  • Quarterly variations in our operating results;
  • Failure to meet our expectations or the expectations of securities analysts and investors;
    New products, services, innovations and strategic developments by our competitors or us, or business combinationsandcombinations and investments by our competitors or us;
  • Changes in financial estimates by us or securities analysts and recommendations by securities analysts;
  • Changes in our capital structure, including issuance of additional debt or equity to the public; and
  • Strategic acquisitions.

    Any of these events and factors may cause our stock price to rise or fall and may adversely affect our business and financing opportunities.


    20


    Our design and production processes are subject to safety and environmental regulations which could lead to increased costs, or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

    We are subject to a variety of laws and regulations relating to, among other things, the use, storage, discharge and disposal of materials and substances used in our facilities and manufacturing processes as well as the safety of our employees and the public. Directives first introducedCurrent regulations in the European UnionU.S. and various international jurisdictions restrict the use of certain potentially hazardous materials used in electronic products and components (including lead and some flame retardants), impose a “take back” obligation on manufacturers for the financing of the collection, recovery and disposal of electrical and electronic equipment and restrict the use ofrequire extensive investigation into and disclosure regarding certain potentially hazardous materials, including lead and some flame retardants, in electronic products and components. Other jurisdictions in the U.S. and internationally have since introduced similar requirements, and we anticipate that future regulations might further restrict allowable materialsminerals used in our products, require the establishment of additional recycling or take back programs or mandate the measurement and reduction of carbon emissions into the environment.supply chain. We have implemented procedures and will likely continue to introduce new processes to comply with current and future safety and environmental legislation. However, measures taken now or in the future to comply with such legislation may adversely affect our manufacturing or personnel costs or product sales by requiring us to acquire costly equipment or materials, redesign production processes or to incur other significant expenses in adapting our manufacturing programs or waste disposal and emission management processes. Furthermore, safety or environmental claims or our failure to comply with present or future regulations could result in the assessment of damages or imposition of fines against us or the suspension of affected operations, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

    We are subject to many laws and regulations, and violation of or changes in those requirements could materially and adversely affect our business.

    We are subject to numerous U.S. and international laws regarding corporate conduct, fair competition, preventing corruption prevention and import and export practices, and requirements including requirementslaws applicable to U.S. government contractors. In addition, the SEC has adopted disclosure rules related to the supply of certain minerals originating from the conflict zones of the Democratic Republic of Congo or adjoining countries, and we may incurr costs to comply with such regulations and may realize other costs relating to the sourcing and availability of minerals used in our products. While we maintain a rigorous corporate ethics and compliance program, we may be subject to increased regulatory scrutiny, significant monetary fines or penalties, suspension of business opportunities or loss of jurisdictional operating rights as a result of any failure to comply with thoseregulatory requirements. If we were to be subject to a compliance investigation, we may incur increased personnel and legal costs. We may also be exposed to potential liability resulting from our business partners’partners' violation of these requirements. In addition, U.S. regulatory agencies have recently introduced new enforcement efforts that may proactively seek conduct-related information from companies operating in certain targeted industries or locations, without regard for whether potential violations have been identified. If we were to receive such an information request, we may incur increased personnel and legal costs in order to adequately review and respond to the request. Further, our U.S. and international business models are based on currently applicable regulatory requirements and exceptions. Changes in those requirements or exceptions could necessitate changes to our business model. Any of these consequences could materially and adversely impact our business and operating results.



    We may be sued byA cybersecurity breach could adversely affect our customersability to conduct our business, harm our reputation, expose us to significant liability or otherwise damage our financial results.

    A cybersecurity breach could negatively affect our reputation as a resulttrusted provider of failures in our products.

    We face potential liability for performance problemsscale-out storage, archive and data protection products by adversely affecting the market’s perception of the security or reliability of our products because our end users employ our storage technologies for the storage and backup of important data and to satisfy regulatory requirements. Although we maintain technology errors and omissions liability insurance, our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type or may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. Any imposition of liability or accrual of litigation costs that is not covered by insurance or is in excessservices. Many of our insurance coveragecustomers and partners store sensitive data on our products, and a cybersecurity breach related to our products could harm our business. In addition,reputation and potentially expose us to significant liability.

    We also maintain sensitive data related to our employees, strategic partners and customers, including intellectual property, proprietary business information and personally identifiable information on our own systems. We employ sophisticated security measures; however, we could potentiallymay face claims for product liability fromthreats across our infrastructure including unauthorized access, security breaches and other system disruptions.
    It is critical to our business that our employees’, strategic partners’ and customers’ sensitive information remains secure and that our customers if our products cause property damageperceive that this information is secure. A cybersecurity breach could result in unauthorized access to, loss of, or bodily injury. Although we maintain general liability insurance, our insurance may not cover potential claimsunauthorized disclosure of this typesuch information. A cybersecurity breach could expose us to litigation, indemnity obligations, government investigations and other possible liabilities. Additionally, a cyber attack, whether actual or may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. Any imposition of liability or accrual of litigation costs that is not covered by insurance or isperceived, could result in excess of our insurance coveragenegative publicity which could harm our reputation and reduce our customers’ confidence in the effectiveness of our solutions, which could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results. A breach of our security systems could also expose us to increased costs including remediation costs, disruption of operations or increased cybersecurity protection costs that may have a material adverse effect on our business.


    21


    We must maintain appropriate levels of service parts inventories. If we do not have sufficient service parts inventories, we may experience increased levels of customer dissatisfaction. If we hold excessive service parts inventories, we may incur financial losses.

    We maintain levels of service parts inventories to satisfy future warranty obligations and also to earn service revenue by providing enhanced and extended warranty and repair service during and beyond the warranty period. We estimate the required amount of service parts inventories based on historical usage and forecasts of future warranty and extended warranty requirements, including estimates of failure rates and costs to repair, and out of warranty revenue. Given the significant levels of judgment inherently involved in the process, we cannot provide assurance that we will be able to maintain appropriate levels of service parts inventories to satisfy customer needs and to avoid financial losses from excess service parts inventories. If we are unable to maintain appropriate levels of service parts inventories, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely impacted.

    From time to time we have made acquisitions. The failure to successfully integrate future acquisitions could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

    As a part of our business strategy, we have in the past and may make acquisitions in the future, subject to certain debt covenants. We may also make significant investments in complementary companies, products or technologies. If we fail to successfully integrate such acquisitions or significant investments, it could harm our business, financial condition and operating results. Risks that we may face in our efforts to integrate any recent or future acquisitions include, among others:

    Failure to realize anticipated savings and benefitssynergies from the acquisition;
  • Difficulties in assimilating and retaining employees;
  • Potential incompatibility of business cultures;
  • cultures or resistance to change;
  • Coordinating geographically separate organizations;
  • Diversion of management’s attention from ongoing business concerns;
  • Coordinating infrastructure operations in a rapid and efficient manner;
  • The potential inability to maximize our financial and strategic position through the successful incorporation ofacquiredof acquired technology and rights into our products and services;
  • Failure of acquired technology or products to provide anticipated revenue or margin contribution;
  • Insufficient revenues to offset increased expenses associated with the acquisition;
  • Costs and delays in implementing or integrating common systems and procedures;
  • Reduction or loss of customer orders due to the potential for market confusion, hesitation and delay;
  • Impairment of existing customer, supplier and strategic relationships of either company;
  • Insufficient cash flows from operations to fund the working capital and investment requirements;
  • Difficulties in entering markets in which we have no or limited direct prior experience and where competitors insuchin such markets have stronger market positions;


    Acquisitions present many risks, and we may not realize the financial and strategic goals that were contemplated at the time of any transaction. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to successfully integrate any business, products, technologies or personnel that we may acquire in the future, and our failure to do so could negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results.


    22


    If the average closing price of our common stock were to drop below $1.00 per share over a consecutive thirty trading-day period, we would be out of compliance with NYSE Euronext (“NYSE”) rules, and our common stock could be delisted from trading on the NYSE, which could materially and adversely impair the liquidity and value of our common stock.

    The

    During fiscal 2015, the closing price of our common stock has decreased during fiscal 2013, closing asranged between a low as $1.05of $0.99 on October 31, 2012.May 7, 2014 and a high of $1.81 on December 26, 2014. If the average closing price of our common stock does not exceed $1.00 per share over a consecutive thirty trading-day period, we would be non-compliant with NYSE continued listing standards. Once notified of such non-compliance by the NYSE, we would need to bring our share price and consecutive thirty trading-day average share price back above $1.00 per share within six months or the NYSE would commence suspension and delisting procedures. In addition, if our common stock price falls below the $1.00 threshold to the point where the NYSE considers the stock price to be “abnormally low,” the NYSE has the discretion to begin delisting proceeding immediately with respect to our common stock. There is no formal definition of “abnormally low” in the NYSE rules. If our common stock were delisted, the ability of our stockholders to sell any of our common stock at all would be severely, if not completely, limited, causing our stock price to decline further.

    If the future outcomes related to the estimates used in recording tax liabilities to various taxing authorities result in higher tax liabilities than estimated, then we would have to record tax charges, which could be material.

    We have provided amounts and recorded liabilities for probable and estimable tax adjustments that may be proposed by various taxing authorities in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions. If events occur that indicate payments of these amounts will be less than estimated, then reversals of these liabilities would create tax benefits recognized in the periods when we determine the liabilities have reduced. Conversely, if events occur which indicate that payments of these amounts will be greater than estimated, then tax charges and additional liabilities would be recorded. In particular, various foreign jurisdictions could challenge the characterization or transfer pricing of certain intercompany transactions. In the event of an unfavorable outcome of such challenge, there exists the possibility of a material tax charge and adverse impact on the results of operations in the period in which the matter is resolved or an unfavorable outcome becomes probable and estimable.

    Certain changes in stock ownership could result in a limitation on the amount of net operating loss and tax credit carryovers that can be utilized each year. Should we undergo such a change in stock ownership, it would severely limit the usage of these carryover tax attributes against future income, resulting in additional tax charges, which could be material.

    We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, and an adverse change in foreign currency exchange rates relative to our position in such currencies could have a materiallymaterial adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

    We do not currently use derivative financial instruments for foreign currency hedging or speculative purposes. We have used in the past, and may use in the future, foreign currency forward contracts and derivative financial instruments to hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rates. To the extent that we have assets or liabilities denominated in a foreign currency that are inadequately hedged or not hedged at all, we may be subject to foreign currency losses, which could be significant.

    Our international operations can act as a natural hedge when both operating expenses and sales are denominated in local currencies. In these instances, although an unfavorable change in the exchange rate of a foreign currency against the U.S. dollar would result in lower sales when translated to U.S. dollars, operating expenses would also be lower in these circumstances. An increase in the rate at which a foreign currency is exchanged for U.S. dollars would require more of that particular foreign currency to equal a specified amount of U.S. dollars than before such rate increase. In such cases, and if we were to price our products and services in that particular foreign currency, we would receive fewer U.S. dollars than we would have received prior to such rate increase for the foreign currency. Likewise, if we were to price our products and services in U.S. dollars while competitors priced their products in a local currency, an increase in the relative strength of the U.S. dollar would result in our prices being uncompetitive in those markets. Such fluctuations in currency exchange rates could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.



    ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

    None.





    23

    Table of Contents

    ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

    Our headquarters are located in San Jose, California. We lease facilities in North America, Europe and Asia Pacific. The following is a summary of the significant locations and primary functions of those facilities as of March 31, 2013:

    2015:
    Location            Function
    North America
    San Jose, CACorporate headquarters, research and development sales
    Irvine, CAAdministration, sales, service, research and development, sales, service
    Colorado Springs, COOperations, service,Administration, operations management, research and development, sales, administration
    Louisville, COResearch and developmentservice
    Englewood, CO Research and development, service, sales, operationsservice
    Mendota Heights, MNResearch and development
    Richardson, TXResearch and development
    Bellevue, WAAdministration and sales
    Other North AmericaSales
     
    Europe
    Paris, FranceSales and service
    Boehmenkirch, GermanyService
    Munich, GermanySales and service
    Zurich, SwitzerlandOperationsAdministration and administrationoperations
    Bracknell, UKSales and service
    Northampton, UKSales and serviceService
    Other EuropeSales and service
     
    Asia Pacific
    Adelaide, AustraliaResearch and development
    Beijing, ChinaSalesMarketing and sales
    Kuala Lumpur, MalaysiaAdministration and customerCustomer service
    Singapore City, SingaporeSales and distributionAdministration, operations management, sales
    Other Asia PacificSales

    ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

    Overland

    On June 28, 2012, Overland Storage,February 18, 2014, Crossroads Systems, Inc. (“Overland”Crossroads”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Quantum in the U.S. District Court for the SouthernWestern District of California,Texas, alleging infringement of U.S. Patents 6,425,035 and 7,934,041. An amended complaint filed on April 15, 2014 also alleged infringement of U.S. patent 7,051,147. Crossroads asserts that certainwe have incorporated Crossroads' patented technology into our StorNext QX and Q-Series lines of its automated tape libraries fall within the scope of patents 6,328,766disk array products, and 6,353,581. Overland is seeking injunctive relief, as well as the recovery ofinto our Scalar libraries. Crossroads seeks unspecified monetary damages including treble damages for willful infringement.and injunctive relief. Crossroads has already dismissed all claims of infringement with respect to the StorNext QX and Q-Series products. We do not believe we infringe the Overland patents and we will defend ourselves vigorously. We do not believe there is a reasonable possibilityprobability that we will pay material damages related to this lawsuit.

    lawsuit is remote.

    On August 28, 2012,September 23, 2014, we filed a lawsuit against OverlandCrossroads in the U.S. District Court for the SouthernNorthern District of California foralleging patent infringementsinfringement of our patents 6,542,787; 6,498,771; 5,925,119 and 5,491,812patent 6,766,412  by the products in Overland’s NEO tape library and SnapServer product lines.Crossroad’s StrongBox VSeries Library Solution product. We are seeking injunctive relief and the recovery of monetary damages.

    On April 12, 2013,December 4, 2014, we filedamended our complaint alleging infringement of a lawsuit against Overland insecond patent, 5,940,849, related to Crossroad's SPHiNX product line. On December 16, 2014, we withdrew the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California, for patent infringements of our patent 7,263,596 by the products in Overland’s SnapScale product lines. We are seeking injunctive relief and the recovery of monetary damages.

    Compression Technology Solutions

    On September 12, 2011, Compression Technology Solutions LLC (“CTS”) filed a patentamended complaint alleging infringement lawsuit against a group of companies, consisting of Quantum, CA., Inc., EMC Corporation, Hewlett-Packard Company, International Business Machines Corp., NetApp, Inc. and Quest Software, Inc., in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Missouri, alleging that certain unspecified products of the defendants, characterized as “deduplication software systems,” and, in the case of Quantum, including Quantum’s “DXi Series Deduplication software,” fall within the scope ofsecond patent, 5,414,650. CTS was seeking injunctive relief, as well as the recovery of monetary damages, including treble damages for willful infringement. We do not believe we infringe the CTS patent; we believe that the CTS patent is invalid, and we defended ourselves vigorously. In April 2012, our motion to transfer venue was granted and the lawsuit was transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. On May 29, 2013, our motion for summary judgment was granted, with all of the asserted claims held invalid by the District Court, and the lawsuit against Quantum and the other defendants has been dismissed with prejudice.

    5,940,849.

    ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

    Not applicable.


    24


    PART II


    ITEM 5.

    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

    Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “QTM.” As of May 31, 2013,29, 2015, the closing price of our common stock was $1.55$2.04 per share. The prices per share reflected in the following table represent the range of high and low sales prices of our common stock for the quarters indicated:

    Fiscal 2013     High     Low
    First quarter ended June 30, 2012$     2.71$     1.78
    Second quarter ended September 30, 2012 2.19  1.20
    Third quarter ended December 31, 20121.701.00
    Fourth quarter ended March 31, 20131.471.20
     
    Fiscal 2012HighLow
    First quarter ended June 30, 2011$3.53$2.44
    Second quarter ended September 30, 20113.421.54
    Third quarter ended December 31, 20112.841.65
    Fourth quarter ended March 31, 20122.902.01
    Fiscal 2015High Low
    First quarter ended June 30, 2014$1.22
     $0.99
    Second quarter ended September 30, 20141.31
     1.16
    Third quarter ended December 31, 20141.81
     1.02
    Fourth quarter ended March 31, 20151.76
     1.54
    Fiscal 2014High Low
    First quarter ended June 30, 2013$1.61
     $1.19
    Second quarter ended September 30, 20131.75
     1.34
    Third quarter ended December 31, 20131.59
     1.10
    Fourth quarter ended March 31, 20141.43
     1.13

    Historically, we have not paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. Our ability to pay dividends is restricted by the covenants in our senior secured revolving credit agreement unless we meet certain defined thresholds. See the section captioned “Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and also Note 7 “Convertible Subordinated Debt and Long-Term Debt”“Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

    As of May 31, 2013,29, 2015, there were 1,2221,152 Quantum stockholders of record, including the Depository Trust Company, which holds shares of Quantum common stock on behalf of an indeterminate number of beneficial owners. The information required by this item regarding equity compensation plans is provided in Item 12, “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.”



    Performance Graph

    The following graph compares the cumulative total return to stockholders of Quantum common stock at March 31, 20132015 for the period since March 31, 20082010 to the cumulative total return over such period of (i) the NASDAQ Composite Index and (ii) the S & P&P Computer Storage & Peripherals Index. The graph assumes an investment of $100 on March 31, 20082010 in our common stock and in each of the indices listed on the graph and reflects the change in the market price of our common stock relative to the changes in the noted indices at March 31, 2009, March 31, 2010, March 31, 2011, March 31, 2012, 2013, 2014 and March 31, 2013.2015. The performance shown below is based on historical data and is not indicative of, nor intended to forecast, future price performance of our common stock.

    COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*


    Among Quantum Corporation, the NASDAQ Composite Index,
    and the S&P Computer Storage & Peripherals Index

    Unregistered Securities Sold in Fiscal 2013

    On October 31, 2012, we issued $60 million aggregate principal amount

    25

    Table of 4.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due November 15, 2017 to Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (the “Initial Purchaser”) in a private placement, and on November 6, 2012, we issued an additional $10 million aggregate principal amount of 4.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2017 pursuant to an over-allotment provision (collectively, the “Notes”). The terms of the Notes are governed by an Indenture, dated October 31, 2012, by and between Quantum and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee. The net proceeds from the offering, after deducting the Initial Purchaser’s discounts and commissions of $2.1 million and $0.2 million of offering expenses paid by Quantum, were approximately $67.7 million. We offered and sold the Notes to the Initial Purchaser in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”). The Initial Purchaser then sold the notes to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

    The Notes are convertible at the option of the holders, into shares of our common stock, and the initial conversion rate was 607.1645 shares per $1,000 principal amount of Notes. The conversion rate may be adjusted for certain dilutive and concentrative events and may be increased upon conversion in connection with certain corporate transactions. The Notes are convertible at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceeding the maturity date of the Notes.


    Contents

    ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

    This summary of selected consolidated financial information of Quantum for fiscal 20092011 to 20132015 should be read together with our Consolidated Financial Statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We have certain items that affect the comparability of the selected financial information. Fiscal 2010 results included a $12.9 million gain on debt extinguishment, net of costs. Fiscal 2009 results included $11.0 million of royalty revenue from a legal settlement and a $339.0 million goodwill impairment charge.

    For the year ended March 31,
    (In thousands, except per share data)     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009
    Statement of Operations Data:
    Total revenue$     587,572$     652,370$     672,270$     681,427$     808,972
    Total cost of revenue 346,921 378,535389,288401,390504,658
    Gross margin 240,651 273,835  282,982 280,037 304,314
    Income (loss) from operations(42,700) 5,19224,704 29,309 (329,925)
    Net income (loss)(52,419)(8,809) 4,54116,634(358,264)
    Basic net income (loss) per share(0.22)(0.04)0.020.08(1.71)
    Diluted net income (loss) per share(0.22)(0.04)0.020.02(1.71)
     
    As of March 31,
    201320122011 2010 2009
    Balance Sheet Data:
    Total assets$371,140$395,348$430,965$504,143$549,369
    Short-term debt1,06723,9834,000
    Long-term debt205,000184,495238,267305,899404,000
     For the year ended March 31,
    (In thousands, except per share data)2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
    Statement of Operations Data:         
    Total revenue$553,095
     $553,165
     $587,439
     $651,987
     $673,094
    Total cost of revenue308,409
     313,545
     346,878
     378,542
     389,288
    Gross margin244,686
     239,620
     240,561
     273,445
     283,806
    Income (loss) from operations14,397
     (11,799) (42,460) 4,745
     25,861
    Net income (loss)16,760
     (21,474) (52,179) (9,256) 5,698
    Basic net income (loss) per share0.07
     (0.09) (0.22) (0.04) 0.03
    Diluted net income (loss) per share0.06
     (0.09) (0.22) (0.04) 0.02

     As of March 31,
     2015 2014 2013 2012 2011
    Balance Sheet Data:         
    Total assets$358,755
     $361,798
     $368,882
     $393,223
     $429,223
    Short-term debt83,735
     
     
     
     1,067
    Long-term debt70,000
     203,735
     205,000
     184,495
     238,267


    26


    ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    OVERVIEW

    Quantum Corporation (“Quantum”, the “Company”, “us” or “we”), founded in 1980, is a globalis a leading expert in scale-out storage, archive and data protection, providing solutions for capturing, sharing and bigpreserving digital assets over the entire data management.lifecycle. Our customers, ranging from small businesses to major enterprises, have trusted us to address their most demanding data workflow challenges. We provide solutions for storing and protecting information in physical, virtual cloud and big datacloud environments that are designed to help customers be certainBe Certain™ they are maximizinghave an end-to-end storage foundation to maximize the value of their data over its entire lifecycle. With our solutions, customers can better adapt in a world of continuing change by keepingmaking it accessible whenever and protecting more data for a longer period of time whilewherever needed, retaining it indefinitely and reducing coststotal cost and increasing return on investment.complexity. We work closely with a broad network of distributors, value-added resellers (“VARs”), direct marketing resellers (“DMRs”), original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and other suppliers to meet customers’ evolving data protection and big data management needs. Our stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol QTM.

    Business
    Business

    We offer a comprehensive range of solutions for data protection and big data management challenges that provide performance and value to end user customers of all sizes, from small businesses to multinational enterprises. We believe our combination of expertise, innovation and platform independence enables us to solve scale-out storage and data protection and big data management issueschallenges more easily, cost-effectively and securely.securely than competitive offerings. We earn our revenue from the sale of products, systems and services through an array of channel partners and our sales force to reach end user customers of all sizes.force. Our products are sold under both the Quantum brand name and the names of various OEM customers. TheyOur scale-out storage solutions include DXiStorNext® software, StorNext appliances, StorNext Pro™ Solutions, Lattus™ extended online storage systems and Q-Cloud®TM Archive and are designed to help customers manage large unstructured data sets in an information workflow, encompassing high-performance ingest, real-time collaboration, scalable processing, intelligent protection and high-value monetization. Our data protection solutions include DXi® deduplication backup systems for high speedand Scalar® automated tape libraries that optimize backup and recovery, simplify management and reliability, Scalar® tape automation products forlower cost. Our vmPRO™ virtual server backup and disaster recovery offerings protect virtual environments while minimizing the impact on servers and long-term data retention, StorNext® data management software and appliances, Lattus™ object storage solutions for high-performance big data file sharing and archiving and vmPRO solutions for protecting virtual machine data. We also offer cloud solutions for cloud-based backup, fast restore, data recovery and business continuity.storage. In addition, we also offer software for cloud backup and disaster recovery of physical and virtual servers. We have a full range of services and the global scale and scope to support our worldwide customer base.

    As


    During fiscal 2015, our focus was on providing an increasingly broad range of scale-out storage solutions and expanding our footprint in the vertical market of media and entertainment, which helped us to achieve record revenue for scale-out storage products and services. We created specific product combinations in our StorNext Pro Solutions as well as dedicated sales and marketing resources for this vertical market. In addition, we leveraged our install base of data center customers to sell scale-out storage solutions to manage growing media files and large content workflow for these customers. We continue to pursue growth opportunities in other vertical markets and use cases where customers can benefit from our workflow-optimized solutions, including corporate video, cybersecurity, government intelligence and oil and gas. We announced new joint solutions with strategic partners that include a specialist providing end usersolution targeted for sporting event media and entertainment customers, with differentiateda solution that enables customers to more easily investigate and combat cyber-attacks and a solution that optimizes workflows for the oil and gas industry. Reflecting our expansion into video surveillance, we announced the certification of a combined solution using StorNext to store large amounts of video files while optimizing system performance.

    We introduced new product offerings during the year, including the DXi6900, which incorporates StorNext 5 technology and is optimized for modern data protection workflows and bigStorNext QXS-5600, a high-capacity, high-density disk array that provides cost-effective storage for customers for a wide variety of applications. In the second quarter, we acquired Symform, Inc.'s cloud storage services platform and development team, gaining technology and expertise we plan to leverage in future scale-out storage and data protection offerings. In the fourth quarter, we announced three new Q-Cloud public cloud solutions that enable our customers to leverage Quantum's intelligent data management software to integrate the cloud into multi-tier, hybrid storage architectures for demanding workloads and to realize the full benefits of the cloud without requiring modification to existing applications or processes.

    In connection with continuing to build our go-to-market partnerships, we entered into two new initiatives with a partner to expand our customer base: a joint focused go-to-market initiative in the U.S. whereby we are selling their branded product as part of a larger StorNext workflow solution, and a joint sales effort in Europe for a co-branded DXi6900. Additionally, we announced an agreement with a leading information technology company to offer North American customers a joint solution for large enterprise and mainframe backup and archive storage that encompasses best-in-class disk and tape technologies. We recently announced a new partnership whereby we will integrate our partner's storage arrays to our scale-out storage and data protection portfolio to further expand our range of solutions our strategy is to continue to grow the independent channeldesigned for Quantum branded solutions andmanaging data across its entire life cycle in demanding environments.

    27



    In fiscal 2016 we plan to increase revenue by offering products with superior performance and value. We have implemented a number of initiatives in an effort to drive branded revenue growth. One key initiative for fiscal 2013 was to increase revenue from our disk systems and software solutions products. Another key area of focus for fiscal 2013 was our marketing and awareness campaign. A third initiative was to continue to introduce new products and enhanced offerings in the significant growth markets of disk and software for the data protection and big data and archive markets as well as strategic enhancements and offerings in the tape automation market while continuing to provide service and support to new and existing customers.

    We started fiscal 2013 with the objectives of increasing total revenue, having operating profit and generating cash from operations. These objectives assumed the market for tape automation systems and tape drives would be approximately the same as fiscal 2012 and the market for disk systems and software solutions would grow compared to fiscal 2012. We experienced difficult market conditions during fiscal 2013, especially for products and solutions based on tape technology. Market analysts estimated the overall demand in tape market decreased approximately 20% in the first half of fiscal 2013. During that period we had a 17% decline in our tape automation systems revenue which caused a significant negative impact to both total revenue and operating profit. In addition, our disk systems and software revenue decreased in the first quarter of fiscal 2013 as a result of economic weakness in Europe, and large orders decreased due to customer caution from economic uncertainty. During the second half of fiscal 2013, we believe there was continued weakness in the storage market as a result of economic uncertainty regarding the fiscal cliff in the U.S., and companies continued to be cautious with their purchasing decisions. We believe global economic conditions also caused end users to continue to reduce or delay spending, resulting in lower than expected sales, particularly in Asia and Europe, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013.

    In the second quarter of fiscal 2013, we met our objective of increasing revenue for disk systems and software revenue for the quarter, achieving record revenue in this category. This revenue growth continued in the third quarter of fiscal 2013, increasing disk systems and software solutions revenue from the third quarter of fiscal 2012, ending fiscal 2013 with record annual revenue from disk systems and software solutions. We believe this revenue increase reflects the market opportunity, the strength of our DXi and StorNext product portfolios and continued innovation in these product families in addition to achieving better sales traction in the channel and improved sales productivity.



    We expected and experienced sequential improvement in tape automation systems revenue from year-end IT budget spending and the release of LTO-6 technology in the third quarter of fiscal 2013. We introduced LTO-6 tape drives and tape automation systems in certain of our products in December 2012, which contributed to increased tape automation revenue from the second quarter of fiscal 2013 and sales of products with LTO-6 technology contributed incremental tape automation revenue in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013 compared to the third quarter of fiscal 2013. Overall, we believe we retained our market share leadership in open tape systems automation due to the smaller percentage decrease in branded tape automation systems revenue than the estimated decrease in overall market demand. Branded tape automation revenue decreased 13% in fiscal 2013 while OEM tape automation revenue decreased 20%.

    We continued our focus on training our sales team and engaging with channel partners to take advantage of sales opportunities across our portfolio. We had stronger new customer acquisition in fiscal 2013 than in fiscal 2012 which we believe was due in part to increased end user and channel partner awareness as a result of our marketing and awareness campaign in the first half of fiscal 2013. In addition, we introduced several new products for big data environments during fiscal 2013, including Lattus–X and Lattus–M, the first products in our object storage solutions family for big data environments, and several StorNext appliances. We also expanded our data protection product portfolio with the introduction of DXi6800, enhancements and upgrades to enterprise disk, vmPRO software and enterprise tape in addition to releasing our Q-Cloud solution for cloud backup and disaster recovery which leverages our DXi and vmPRO technology.

    Given the tape revenue decrease in the first half of fiscal 2013 compared to the first half of fiscal 2012, its impact on operating profit, and the use of cash in operations, we recognized the need for and implemented cost controls and spending reductions in the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2013. As a result, our financial performance in the third quarter of fiscal 2013 improved from the second quarter of fiscal 2013, contributing to decreased operating loss and generating cash from operations. These cost controls resulted in additional decreases in operating expenses and we generated more cash from operations in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013 than the third quarter of fiscal 2013. The sequential improvement in our financial results in the third quarter of fiscal 2013 also reflects the leverage in our business model where revenue growth quickly leads to improved operating results.

    We continued to improve our capital structure during fiscal 2013. We issued $70 million of convertible subordinated notes and amended the Wells Fargo credit agreement to decrease the line of credit and modify certain covenants with terms that are financially more beneficial and provide additional flexibility to run our business.

    We believe our product portfolio is the strongest it has been since we became a systems company and that it positions us well to continue to add customers and increase revenue in the next fiscal year. We plan to continue to expand and improveexpanding our product and solution offerings, with emphasisparticularly in scale-out storage, focusing on branded disk systems, softwarekey vertical markets to which our solutions virtual offerings, cloud solutionsare well-suited and next generation object storage. Using a balanced approachcapitalizing on new go-to-market partnerships.

    We believe our current cash, balance sheet resources and line of credit availability are sufficient to take advantagepay off the outstanding balance of market opportunitiesthe 3.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2015 (“3.50% notes”), operate the business and investing forfund additional growth while in a period of economic uncertainty, we are focused on revenue growth balanced with operating profitopportunities. For additional information regarding our 3.50% notes, refer to the section below captioned "Liquidity and generating cash from operations.

    Capital Resources."

    Results

    We had total revenue of $587.6$553.1 million in fiscal 2013,2015, which is essentially flat compared to fiscal 2014. This is the net result of increased revenue from scale-out storage solutions, disk backup systems and service, offset by decreased tape automation systems and devices and media revenue and a 10% decrease$15.0 million royalty received in fiscal 2014 in connection with finalizing an intellectual property agreement that is not expected to recur. We had record revenue from scale-out storage solutions due to increased branded revenue in all geographies - Asia-Pacific (APAC), Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA) and North America. Our total branded product and service revenue increased 7% from fiscal 2012 primarily due to decreased market demand for products based on tape technology Product revenue from OEM customers decreased 18%2014 and revenue from branded products decreased 10% both primarily due to decreased revenue from tape automation systems. Ourour continued efforts to increase revenue from disk systems and software solutions resulted in record annual revenue for this revenue category and a 4% increase from fiscal 2012. Service revenue was unchanged from fiscal 2012, while royalty revenue decreased 21% from fiscal 2012 as expected. Our focus on growing theour branded business during the fiscal year is reflected in thea greater proportion of non-royalty revenue from our branded business, atproducts and services, which grew to 88% in fiscal 2015 compared to 84% in fiscal 2014 and 83% in fiscal 2013, compared to 81% in fiscal 2012 and 79% in fiscal 2011.

    2013.

    Our gross margin percentage decreased 100increased 90 basis points from fiscal 20122014 to 41.0% largely44.2%, the net result of higher service revenue driven by the growth in scale-out storage and the improvements we have made in our business model over the past year-and-a -half, offset by lower royalty revenue. Operating expenses decreased $20.9 million, or 8%, from fiscal 2014 primarily due to cost controls and spending reductions that were implemented over the past year. Restructuring charges decreased product revenue and a correspondingby $9.5 million compared to fiscal 2014, primarily related to lower product gross margin as well as a $12.2 million decrease in royalty revenue, partially offset by increased service gross margin. Some of our costs of goods sold are relatively fixed in the short term; therefore, revenue increases or decreases can have a material impact on the gross margin rate. Operating expenses increased $13.2 million, or 5% from fiscal 2012, primarily from restructuring charges in the second half of fiscal 2013 for severance and benefits. Compensation and benefits also decreased due to right-size our workforcereduced staffing levels. Intangible amortization expense decreased due to certain intangibles becoming fully amortized during fiscal 2015. Our operating results improved by $26.2 million, from a loss of $11.8 million in orderfiscal 2014 to align spending with revised revenue expectations. We had a $42.7$14.4 million lossof income from operations in fiscal 2013 compared to operating2015.
    Net income improved by $38.2 million, from a net loss of $5.2$21.5 million in fiscal 2012.



    Interest expense decreased 22%2014 to $8.3 million primarily due to principal payments in the prior year and to a lesser extent from decreased debt amortization expense as a resultnet income of debt refinancings in calendar 2012. During fiscal 2013, we issued $70 million of subordinated convertible debt, using $49.5 million of the proceeds to fully repay the balance on the revolving credit line. We continued to generate cash from operating activities, with $7.7$16.8 million in fiscal 2013 compared to $45.72015, which included a gain of $13.6 million resulting from the sale of our investment in fiscal 2012.

    a privately held company.

    RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR FISCAL 2015, 2014 and 2013 2012 AND 2011

    Revenue

    For the year ended March 31,Change
    (dollars in thousands)2013201220112013 vs. 2012      2012 vs. 2011
          % of
    revenue
          % of
    revenue
          % of
    revenue
             
    Product revenue$  399,04367.9%$  451,34069.2%$  456,90368.0%$  (52,297)(11.6)%$  (5,563)(1.2)%
    Service revenue144,03724.5%144,36422.1%151,09522.5%(327)(0.2)%(6,731)(4.5)%
    Royalty revenue44,4927.6%56,6668.7%64,2729.5%(12,174)(21.5)%(7,606)(11.8)%
    Total revenue$587,572100.0%$652,370100.0%$672,270100.0%$(64,798)(9.9)%$(19,900)(3.0)%
     For the year ended March 31, Change
    (dollars in thousands)2015 2014 2013 2015 vs. 2014 2014 vs. 2013
       
    % of
    revenue
       
    % of
    revenue
       
    % of
    revenue
            
    Product revenue$355,579
     64.3% $348,318
     63.0% $398,910
     67.9% $7,261
     2.1 % $(50,592) (12.7)%
    Service revenue155,674
     28.1% 147,199
     26.6% 144,037
     24.5% 8,475
     5.8 % 3,162
     2.2 %
    Royalty revenue41,842
     7.6% 57,648
     10.4% 44,492
     7.6% (15,806) (27.4)% 13,156
     29.6 %
    Total revenue$553,095
     100.0% $553,165
     100.0% $587,439
     100.0% $(70)  % $(34,274) (5.8)%

    Total revenue in fiscal 2013 decreased2015 remained relatively flat compared to fiscal 2014. Revenue from fiscal 2012, reflectingscale-out storage solutions, disk backup systems and service revenue increased. These increases were offset by decreases in OEM and branded tape automation systems revenue, royalty revenue as well as branded devices and media revenue. The decrease in royalty revenue was primarily due to a decline$15.0 million royalty in connection with an intellectual property agreement received in the prior year.
    We believe the changes in our product and service revenue are driven by the changing storage environment, including increased market demand for scale-out storage solutions and reduced demand for tape automation market, economic uncertainty and a decrease in large orders, or orders over $200,000. These factors impacted revenueproducts. Revenue from branded data protection products and services the most, with a $39.8decreased $13.7 million, or 9%4%, decrease from fiscal 2012.2014, largely due to decreases in tape automation systems and media revenue. Data protection products include our tape automation systems, disk backup systems and devices and media offerings. The market for big data management and archive continued to grow, and revenueRevenue from branded big data and archive productsscale-out storage solutions and services increased 18%,$43.4 million, or $7.8 million,74%, from fiscal 2012, partially offsetting the decreased revenue from data protection products. Big data management and archive products2014 largely due to increased sales of our StorNext appliances. Scale-out storage solutions include StorNext software, StorNext appliances, StorNext Pro Solutions and Lattus objectextended online storage solutions. In addition, OEM product and service revenue, which primarily comprises tape automation systems, decreased $20.6$14.0 million from fiscal 2014.

    28


    Total revenue in fiscal 2014 decreased from fiscal 2013, driven by a decline in tape automation systems revenue and disk backup systems revenue, partially offset by increased royalty revenue and revenue from scale-out storage solutions. We believe this was due to the changing storage environment including reduced demand for tape products and increased market demand for scale-out storage solutions. Prevailing economic uncertainty also impacted fiscal 2014 results, as did the U.S. federal government shut down during fiscal 2014, which we believe negatively impacted sales. Revenue from branded data protection products and services decreased $41.5 million, or 19%, and royalty revenue decreased $12.2 million, or 21%10%, from fiscal 2012.

    Total2013. Revenue from branded scale-out storage solutions products and services increased $6.5 million, or 12%, from fiscal 2013. OEM product and service revenue decreased $12.4 from fiscal 2013. Royalty revenue increased $13.2 million from fiscal 2013.

    Product Revenue
    Total product revenue, which includes sales of our hardware and software products sold through both our Quantum branded and OEM channels, increased $7.3 million in fiscal 20122015 compared to fiscal 20112014. The increase in product revenue was primarily due to expected reductions in OEM and royalty revenue. The largest decreases in OEM revenue were from lower deduplication software, tape automation products, devices and service revenue. Partially offsetting these decreases were increased sales of scale-out storage solutions; revenue from disk backup systems also increased. These increases were partially offset by decreased sales of OEM and branded disktape automation systems and software solutionsdevices and media. Revenue from sales of branded products increased 8% in fiscal 2012.

    Product Revenue

    For the year ended March 31,Change
    (dollars in thousands)2013201220112013 vs. 20122012 vs. 2011
          % of
    revenue
          % of
    revenue
          % of
    revenue 
                   

    Disk systems and software solutions

    $    124,07421.1%$    119,04418.2%$    110,67816.5%$    5,0304.2%$    8,366 7.6%

    Tape automation systems

    206,11235.1%245,03037.6%254,15337.8%(38,918) (15.9)%  (9,123)(3.6)%

    Devices and media

    68,85711.7%87,26613.4%92,07213.7%(18,409)(21.1)%(4,806)(5.2)%

    Total product revenue

    $399,04367.9%$451,34069.2%$456,90368.0%$(52,297) (11.6)%$(5,563)(1.2)%

    Fiscal 2013 Compared2015, and sales of products to Fiscal 2012

    Productour OEM customers decreased 20% compared to fiscal 2014.

    Total product revenue decreased 12%13% in 2014 from fiscal 2012,2013, primarily due to decreased sales of tape automation systems followed by lower revenue from devices and media,disk backup systems, partially offset by increased revenue from disk systemsscale-out storage solutions and software solutions.devices and media. Revenue from sales of branded products decreased 10% and OEM product revenue decreased 18% in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012, both12% primarily due to lower sales of disk backup systems followed by tape automation systems.

    systems decreases, and OEM product revenue decreased 14% in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 largely due to decreased tape automation revenue.
     For the year ended March 31, Change
    (dollars in thousands)2015 2014 2013 2015 vs. 2014 2014 vs. 2013
       
    % of
    revenue
       
    % of
    revenue
       
    % of
    revenue
            
    Tape automation systems$152,205
     27.6% $174,438
     31.5% $206,112
     35.1% $(22,233) (12.7)% $(31,674) (15.4)%
    Disk backup systems*54,845
     9.9% 50,217
     9.1% 74,255
     12.6% 4,628
     9.2 % (24,038) (32.4)%
    Devices and media62,642
     11.3% 70,680
     12.8% 68,724
     11.7% (8,038) (11.4)% 1,956
     2.8 %
    Scale-out storage solutions*85,887
     15.5% 52,983
     9.6% 49,819
     8.4% 32,904
     62.1 % 3,164
     6.4 %
    Total product revenue$355,579
     64.3% $348,318
     63.0% $398,910
     67.8% $7,261
     2.1 % $(50,592) (12.7)%


    Our

    *Revenue from disk backup systems and scale-out storage solutions was previously included in a caption entitled disk systems and software solutions. Previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.
    Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014
    Our branded tape automation business performed better in fiscal 2015 than our OEM tape automation systems business. Branded tape automation revenue declined 7%, or $7.4 million, compared to an OEM tape automation revenue decrease of 22%, or $14.8 million. The OEM decreases during fiscal 2015 were primarily due to a decline in revenue from midrange and enterprise systems, with midrange systems declining nearly twice as much as enterprise systems. The decline in fiscal 2015 of our branded tape automation revenue was primarily due to a decrease in sales of enterprise systems.

    Revenue from disk backup systems, primarily attributed to our branded business, increased 9%, or $4.6 million, during fiscal 2015. A decrease in revenue from our enterprise systems was offset by increases in revenue from entry-level systems, driven by the introduction of DXi 4700, and midrange systems, including the recently-introduced DXi 6900. The DXi 6900 scales to higher storage capacities than previous midrange systems, which contributed to the decrease in enterprise systems revenue. During fiscal 2015, we experienced an increase in large disk backup systems orders over $200,000.

    Product revenue from devices, which includes tape drives and removable hard drives, and non-royalty media sales decreased during fiscal 2015 primarily due to lower media sales.

    Our scale-out storage solutions revenue increased 4% from 2012, resulting in record annual revenue in this revenue category. Revenue increases wereduring fiscal 2015 primarily fromdue to increased sales of our StorNext appliances leadingappliances. Revenue from Lattus extended online storage and StorNext Pro Solutions products also increased, partially offset by a decrease in StorNext standalone software revenue. During fiscal 2015, we experienced an increase in large scale-out storage solutions orders over $200,000.

    29


    Fiscal 2014 Compared to record revenue for branded software solutions, and we also had recordFiscal 2013
    Product revenue from tape automation systems revenue decreased 15% in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013, primarily due to decreased enterprise tape automation system sales, with a 24% decrease in branded enterprise sales and a 20% decline in OEM enterprise revenue. Midrange and entry-level tape automation sales also contributed to the decrease due to declines in both OEM and branded revenue from these products.

    Revenue from disk backup systems decreased 32% from fiscal 2013 primarily due to decreased sales of midrangeenterprise DXi products. The first StorNext appliances were introducedsystems in fiscal 2012 and we added a number of productsaddition to the StorNext appliance family during fiscal 2013. Revenue fromdecreased midrange disk systems increased 11% from the prior year; however, we believe our midrange disk systems cannibalized some revenue from enterprise disk solutions due to the capabilities of our newest midrange disk product.revenue. We had lower enterprise and midrange disk system revenue primarily due to fewer large orders, or orders over $200,000, during fiscal 2013.

    The decrease in tape automation systems revenue in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012 was due to approximately $20 million decreases in both branded and OEM tape automation system sales. Midrange tape automation sales decreased the most, with 15% and 17% decreases, respectively, of branded midrange and OEM midrange tape automation systems revenue. Enterprise systems and entry-level sales of tape automation systems had similar revenue decreases from fiscal 2012. As noted above, demand for tape automation products decreased approximately 20% during the first half of fiscal 2013. Revenue from OEM tape automation systems decreased 20% while branded tape automation systems revenue decreased 13%, an indication that we gained market share in the branded tape business during fiscal 2013.

    2014.


    Product revenue from devices and media, which includes tape drives, removable hard drives and non-royalty media, decreased as expectedincreased modestly from fiscal 2012 largely2013 primarily due to decreasedincreased branded media sales in addition to lowerincreased revenue from devices. These revenue decreases were primarily
    Revenue from scale-out storage solutions increased 6% due to overall market declines. Higher than typical media sales during fiscal 2012 due to inventories being increased in response to concerns of supply disruptions following the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami in Japan also contributed to the decreased media revenue in fiscal 2013 compared to the prior year.

    Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2011

    Product revenue decreased slightly from fiscal 2011, primarily due to decreased sales of tape automation systems and devices and media, mostly offset by increased revenue from disk systems and software solutions. Revenue from sales of branded products increased 3% in fiscal 2012StorNext appliances compared to fiscal 2011 primarily due to increased sales of disk systems and software solutions.

    We introduced new disk products, a new product line of StorNext appliances and released upgrades to both disk systems and to software solutions in fiscal 2012, all of which contributed to fiscal 2012 revenue. We continued our efforts to expand engagement with our channel partners to increase sales of disk systems and software solutions. Revenue from disk systems and software solutions increased 8% to $119.0 million in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, primarily due to increased midrange disk product sales followed by the addition of StorNext appliances. Midrange disk systems revenue increases were primarily due to the addition of revenue from our DXi6701 and DXi6702 products. Tempering these increases was an expected decrease in OEM deduplication software revenue due to our primary OEM deduplication software customer becoming a competitor in fiscal 2010 and revenue recognized in accordance with contractual requirements in fiscal 2011 that was not repeated.

    Tape automation systems sales decreased $9.1 million, or 4%, in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011. This decrease was primarily due to expected declines in OEM revenue, followed by decreased branded enterprise and entry-level tape automation systems revenue.

    Product revenue from devices, including tape drives and removable hard drives, and non-royalty media sales decreased 5% to $87.3 million primarily due to anticipated decreases in sales of older branded and OEM device technologies that reached, or are nearing, end of life. Largely offsetting the decrease was an increase in branded media revenue primarily due to the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami in Japan and resulting concern of shortages and supply disruption in the market. We continue to be strategic with media sales and have chosen to not pursue opportunities that do not provide sufficient margins.

    2013.


    Service Revenue

    Service revenue includes revenue from salesis primarily comprised of hardware service contracts, product repair, installation and professional services. Sales of hardware service contractswhich are typically purchased by our customers to extend the warranty or to provide faster service response time, or both. Service revenue was relatively unchangedincreased in both fiscal 20132015 and 2014 primarily due to a decreased volume of OEM product repair services that was offset by growth inincreased revenue from branded service contracts associated withfor our StorNext appliances.

    Service revenue for our data protection products experienced slight decreases in both fiscal 2015 and 2014.

    Royalty Revenue
    Royalty revenue decreased 4% to $144.4 million in fiscal 2012 compared to2015 and increased in fiscal 2011 primarily due to lower hardware service contract revenues from end of service life on higher revenue service contracts for certain legacy branded tape automation products and to a lesser extent from decreased OEM product repair services. Service contracts on certain newer technology branded products provide lower revenue than service contracts on older technology branded products nearing end of service life. OEM service revenue decreases are2014 primarily due to a number of our device products that reached end of service life$15.0 million royalty received in connection with an intellectual property agreement in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012.

    2014. We also experienced expected decreases in DLTRoyalty Revenue®

    Tape media royalties decreased 21%, or $12.2 million, fromin both fiscal 2012 due2015 and 2014 as customers chose to lower media unit sales sold by media licensees, largely due to an expected decrease in market demand for LTO media. In addition, royalties from DLT media continued to decrease as expected due to many companies no longer choosing tonot use this older technology.

    Royalty revenue declined 12%, or $7.6 million, in fiscal 2012 primarily due to expected decreases of maturing DLT media unit sales by media licensees. Royalties from LTO media decreased 4% in fiscal 2012 primarily due to decreased LTO media unit sales by media licensees.



    Gross Margin

    For the year ended March 31,Change
    (dollars in thousands)2013201220112013 vs. 20122012 vs. 2011
       Margin   Margin
    Rate
       Margin   Margin
    Rate
       Margin   Margin
    Rate
                
    Product margin$   131,76933.0%$   160,96435.7%$   162,52835.6%$   (29,195)(18.1)%$   (1,564)(1.0)%
    Service margin64,39044.7%55,90538.7%56,78437.6%8,48515.2%(879)(1.5)%
    Royalty margin44,492100.0%56,666  100.0%64,272  100.0%(12,174)(21.5)%(7,606)(11.8)%
    Gross margin$240,65141.0%$273,835*42.0%$282,982*42.1%$(33,184)(12.1)%$(9,147)(3.2)%

     For the year ended March 31, Change
    (dollars in thousands)2015 2014 2013 2015 vs. 2014 2014 vs. 2013
     Margin 
    Margin
    Rate
     Margin  
    Margin
    Rate
     Margin 
    Margin
    Rate
     Margin 
    Basis
    points
     Margin 
    Basis
    points
    Product margin$117,900
     33.2% $111,242
      31.9% $131,636
     33.0% $6,658
     130
     $(20,394) (110)
    Service margin84,944
     54.6% 71,269
      48.4% 64,433
     44.7% 13,675
     620
     6,836
     370
    Royalty margin41,842
     100.0% 57,648
      100.0% 44,492
     100.0% (15,806) 
     13,156
     
    Gross margin$244,686
     44.2% $239,620
    * 43.3% $240,561
     41.0% $5,066
     90
     $(941) 230
    * Fiscal 20122014 total gross margin includes a $0.3 million restructuring benefit related to cost of revenue and fiscal 2011 total gross margin includes $0.6$0.5 million of restructuring chargesexpense related to cost of revenue.

    Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012

    The 10090 basis point decrease in gross margin percentage compared to fiscal 2012 was primarily due to decreased product revenue and a corresponding lower product gross margin as well as a $12.2 million decrease in royalty revenue, partially offset by increased service gross margin. Some of our costs of goods sold are relatively fixed in the short term; therefore, revenue increases or decreases can have a material impact on the gross margin rate.

    Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2011

    The 10 basis point decreaseincrease in gross margin percentage in fiscal 20122015 compared to fiscal 20112014 was primarily driven by an increase in the service gross margin rates and to a lesser extent, product gross margin rates. The improvement in the overall gross margin rate reflects the impact of the changes we have implemented in our operations, repair and service business models, partially offset by the decline in royalty revenue.


    Over half of the 230 basis point increase in gross margin percentage in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 was due to largely offsetting factors. Gross margin decreasedthe $13.2 million net increase in royalty revenue, and to a lesser extent, due to less high margin revenuethe improvements in our service delivery model. These increases were partially offset by decreases in our product mix,margin, largely fromas a result of decreased OEM deduplication software revenue and royaltyproduct revenue. Both OEM deduplication software and royalty revenue provide among the highest margins

    30

    Table of our portfolio. Gross margin was favorably impacted by lower intangible amortization from certain intangibles becoming fully amortized in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012.


    Contents

    Product Margin

    Fiscal 20132015 Compared to Fiscal 2012

    2014

    Product gross margin dollars increased $6.7 million, or 6% in fiscal 2015, and our product gross margin rate increased 130 basis points in fiscal 2015. The increase in the product gross margin rate was primarily due to shifting to an outsourced manufacturing model during the second half of fiscal 2014. Outsourcing our manufacturing has created a more variable cost model, reducing costs during fiscal 2015 that were relatively fixed during most of fiscal 2014 when the majority of our products were manufactured in our facilities. Notable cost decreases from fiscal 2014 driven by the implementation of outsourced manufacturing include compensation and benefits and facility expenses.
    Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013
    Product gross margin dollars decreased $29.2$20.4 million, or 18%15%, compared to fiscal 2012,2013, and our product gross margin rate decreased 270110 basis points primarily due to a 12%13% decrease in product revenue. As noted above, somerevenue which was mostly offset by decreased costs as a result of our productseveral items. Product material costs of goods sold are relatively fixed indecreased the short term; therefore, product revenue increases or decreases impactmost, commensurate with the product gross margin rate. The change in the mix of products sold, as described abovedecrease in product revenue, and we also contributedhad decreased freight costs as a result of fewer shipments. A number of expenses decreased compared to fiscal 2013 as a result of cost reduction initiatives that began in the second half of fiscal 2013 and continued throughout fiscal 2014. The most significant decreased product margins in fiscal 2013. In addition, we had an increase incost as a result of these initiatives was compensation and benefits expense from reduced staffing levels in fiscal 2013 comparedaddition to fiscal 2012 primarily duedecreased facility expenses from additional reductions to investment in our software support team.warehouse footprint. We also had an increase in the manufacturing inventory allowance in fiscal 2013 compared to the prior year largely due to more products nearing end of life. Partially offsetting these factors was lower intangible amortization in fiscal 2013 due to2014 from certain intangible assets becoming fully amortized in fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, decreased facility expense from reducing our warehouse footprint and lower freight expense as a result of fewer shipments compared to fiscal 2012.

    Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2011

    Product gross margin dollars decreased 1% in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011 primarily due to the 1% decrease in product revenue. However, product gross margin percentage improved slightlyfrom fiscal 2011. The product gross margin increase was primarily due to a $7.1 million decrease in intangible amortization in fiscal 2012, mostly offset by the decrease in high margin OEM deduplication software revenue compared to fiscal 2011.

    amortized.

    Service Margin

    Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012

    Service gross margin dollars increased $8.5$13.7 million, or 15%19%, in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2012,2014, and service gross margin percentage increased 600620 basis points whilecompared to fiscal 2014 on a 6% increase in service revenue was unchanged.revenue. Service gross margin dollars increased $6.8 million, or 11%, in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013, and service gross margin percentage increased 370 basis points on a 2% increase in service revenue. The increase in service gross margin rate in both periods was primarily due to reduced costs acrossas a result of continued improvements to our service delivery model, from a decreased volume of repairsincluding outsourcing geographies with lower service and in part due to bringing repair of certain product lines in-house. The more significant cost decreases in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012 were for compensation and benefits, external service providers, third party warehouse and service materials. Compensation and benefits decreased due to reduced staffing requirements from decreased repair volumes. External service provider expense decreased due to a combination of having repair of certain product lines in-house for the full fiscal year, decreased repair volumes and negotiating lower rates on the renewalsimproving utilization of contracts with certainour service providers in fiscal 2012. Third party warehouse expenses decreased due to efforts to reduceteam and service parts inventory levels including reduced usage of third party warehouses. Service material decreases were primarily due to lower repair volumes compared to the prior year.inventories. In addition, our service activities continue to reflect a larger proportion of branded products under contract, which have margins that are relatively higher margins than margins for OEM repair services.

    Royalty Margin
    Royalties typically do not have related cost of sales and have a 100% gross margin percentage. Therefore, royalty gross margin dollars vary directly with royalty revenue. The royalty gross margin dollar decrease in fiscal 2015 and increase in fiscal 2014 were both primarily due to a $15.0 million royalty received in fiscal 2014 which is not expected to recur.
    Research and Development Expenses
     For the year ended March 31, Change
    (dollars in thousands)2015 2014 2013 2015 vs. 2014 2014 vs. 2013
       
    % of
    revenue
       
    % of
    revenue
       
    % of
    revenue
            
    Research and development$58,618
     10.6% $64,375
     11.6% $73,960
     12.6% $(5,757) (8.9)% $(9,585) (13.0)%

    Fiscal 20122015 Compared to Fiscal 20112014

    Service gross margin dollars decreased $0.9 million, or approximately 2%, in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011. Our service gross margin percentage increased 110 basis points to 38.7% in fiscal 2012, largely due to decreased external provider expenses and inventory allowance expense. External service provider expense decreased due to a combination of bringing repair of additional product lines in-house and negotiating lower rates on the renewals of contracts with certain service providers in fiscal 2012. We had higher inventory allowance expense in fiscal 2011 due to end of service life plans for several products. In addition, our service activities for fiscal 2012 reflected a greater proportion of revenue from branded products under contract, which have relatively higher margins than margins for OEM repair services.



    Research and Development Expenses

    For the year ended March 31,Change
    (dollars in thousands)2013201220112013 vs. 20122012 vs. 2011
          % of
    revenue
          % of
    revenue
          % of
    revenue 
                
    Research and development$    73,960   12.6%$    74,365   11.4%$    73,008   10.9%$    (405)(0.5)%$    1,357 1.9%

    Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012

    The decrease in research and development expenses compared to fiscal 20122014 was the net resultprimarily due to implementing cost controls and spending reductions that resulted in a $4.7 million decrease in compensation and benefits from reduced staffing levels. Additionally, there was a $1.2 million decrease in depreciation expense due to declining capital expenditures.


    31

    Table of several factors. DueContents

    Fiscal 2014 Compared to the implementation ofFiscal 2013
    The decrease in research and development expenses compared to fiscal 2013 was primarily due to cost reduction measures that resulted in the second half of fiscal 2013, including restructuring actions that decreased headcount, wea $6.6 million decrease in compensation and benefits from reduced staffing levels due to focusing investments in scale-out storage technology while continuing to invest in targeted future generation tape and disk technology. We also had a decrease of $1.5 million in external service provider expense and a decrease of $0.9 million in depreciation expense due to equipment becoming fully depreciated. Additionally, there was a $0.3 million decrease in project material expenses due to the nature of projects under development and specific development activities in the prior year periods that were not repeated at the same levels and a $0.3 million decrease in expensed equipment.
    Sales and Marketing Expenses
     For the year ended March 31, Change
    (dollars in thousands)2015 2014 2013 2015 vs. 2014 2014 vs. 2013
       
    % of
    revenue
       
    % of
    revenue
       
    % of
    revenue
            
    Sales and marketing$113,954
     20.6% $118,771
     21.5% $136,873
     23.3% $(4,817) (4.1)% $(18,102) (13.2)%
    Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014
    The most significant factor driving the decrease in sales and marketing expense compared to fiscal 2014 was a $4.6 million decrease in intangible amortization expense due to certain intangibles becoming fully amortized during fiscal 2015. We had a $2.5 million decrease in compensation and benefits from decreased staffing levels. Additionally, spending reductions in fiscal 2015 resulted in decreases of $0.8 million in advertising costs, $0.8 million in travel expense and $0.8 million in external service provider expense compared to fiscal 2014. These decreases were partially offset by a $4.8 million increase in commission expense related to increased branded product revenue.
    Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013
    The decrease in sales and marketing expense compared to fiscal 2013 was primarily due to cost reduction initiatives that resulted in decreases of $12.8 million in compensation and benefits, including commissions, from decreased staffing levels and also had smaller decreases in several other areas including travel expenses, dues and subscriptions and facilities expense. In addition, we had a $0.6 million decrease in project materials as a result of the types of products under development and related testing material requirements compared to the prior year. Mostly offsetting these decreases, we had a $0.9 million increase in depreciation expense due to laboratory testing equipment purchases and a $0.6 million increase in use of external service providers, primarily for next generation LTO product development.

    Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2011

    The increase in research and development expenses for fiscal 2012 was primarily due to a $1.7 million increase in compensation and benefits from investment in our disk systems software and hardware and our virtual systems engineering teams to support new product development efforts. Partially offsetting this increase was a $0.5 million decrease in travel expenses compared to the prior year.

    Sales and Marketing Expenses

    For the year ended March 31,Change
    (dollars in thousands)2013201220112013 vs. 20122012 vs. 2011
          % of
    revenue
          % of
    revenue
          % of
    revenue 
                
    Sales and marketing$     137,041   23.3%$     130,938   20.1%$     122,768   18.3%$     6,1034.7%$     8,170 6.7%

    Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012

    The increase in sales and marketing expense in fiscal 2013reduced revenue compared to fiscal 2012 was primarily due to a $5.6 million increase in compensation and benefits from growing our branded sales force and marketing team in the first half of fiscal 2013. In addition, weWe had a $2.2 million net increase in advertising and marketing expenses and a $0.7 million increase in external service provider expense due to our awareness campaign and expanded advertising programs in the first half of fiscal 2013 intended to increase current and future demand for our products and services. As noted above, these efforts contributed to the stronger new customer acquisition in fiscal 2013. These increases were partially offset by a $3.6$2.1 million decrease in intangible amortization due to certain intangibles becoming fully amortized.

    amortized in the first half of fiscal 2014. Other decreases from cost reduction initiatives included declines of $1.8 million in travel expenses, $0.8 million in advertising and marketing costs and $0.7 million in recruiting expenses. These decreases were partially offset by a $1.1 million increase in external service provider expense.

    General and Administrative Expenses
     For the year ended March 31, Change
    (dollars in thousands)2015 2014 2013 2015 vs. 2014 2014 vs. 2013
       
    % of
    revenue
       
    % of
    revenue
       
    % of
    revenue
            
    General and administrative$56,513
     10.2% $57,865
     10.5% $62,017
     10.6% $(1,352) (2.3)% $(4,152) (6.7)%
    Fiscal 20122015 Compared to Fiscal 2011

    Sales and marketing expenses increased in fiscal 2012 primarily due to a $7.2 million increase in compensation and benefits, including commissions. Commissions increased due to increased branded product revenue and salaries and benefits increased largely due to growing our branded sales force. In addition, travel expenses increased $1.0 million due in part to increased airfare and fuel costs, incremental travel by our sales engineers to support customer sales and increased travel for sales training events to expand our position with existing and new channel partners to drive future growth.

    2014


    General and Administrative Expenses

    For the year ended March 31,Change
    (dollars in thousands)2013201220112013 vs. 20122012 vs. 2011
          % of
    revenue
          % of
    revenue
          % of
    revenue 
                
    General and administrative$    62,179   10.6%$    62,910    9.6%$    59,460     8.8%$    (731)(1.2)%$    3,450 5.8%

    Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012

    The decrease in general and administrative expenses from fiscal 2012expense was primarily due to a $1.6 million decrease in facility-related expenses from vacating portions of various facilities in fiscal 2014 and continuing into fiscal 2015. Additionally, we had a $0.8 million decrease in depreciation expense due to declining capital expenditures. These decreases were partially offset by a $0.9 million increase in legal and advisory fees, primarily due to costs related to intellectual property matters and costs related to activities and inquiries of Starboard Value LP incurred during fiscal 2015.

    Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013
    The decrease in general and administrative expense was largely due to a $1.4 million decrease in compensation and benefits, from reduced headcountlargely as a result of restructuring actions taken in the second half of fiscal 2013.

    We may incur higher than typical legal costs in fiscal 2014 to defend ourselves while patent infringement lawsuits are ongoing. We do not believe there is a reasonable possibility that we will pay material damages related to these lawsuits. These lawsuits are discussed in more detail in Note 13 “Commitments and Contingencies” under Legal Proceedings.

    Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2011

    The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to a $2.2 million increase in compensation and benefits primarily from increaseddecreased staffing as well as reduced stock compensation expense due to equity grants relateda modification to promotions and merit increases. In addition, we had $1.4extend the post-retirement exercise period for certain options in the first quarter of fiscal 2013 that was not repeated. Other cost decreases included $0.8 million in credits infacility expenses from consolidating facilities during fiscal 2011 primarily2014, $0.5 million due to accounts receivable recoveriesa refund of prior IT claims, $0.4 million in depreciation expense, $0.3 million in external service provider expense and a litigation settlement that were not repeated.

    $0.3 million in expensed IT equipment.


    32


    Restructuring Charges

       For the year ended March 31, Change
    (dollars in thousands)2013201220112013 vs. 20122012 vs. 2011
       % of
    revenue
          % of
    revenue
          % of
    revenue
                

    Restructuring charges (benefit) related to cost of revenue

    $     %$     (300)0.0%$     6020.1%$     300100.0%$     (902)(149.8)%

    Restructuring charges in operating expenses

    10,1711.7%1,9300.3%3,0420.5%8,241n/m(1,112)(36.6)%
    Total restructuring charges$10,171    1.7%$1,630    0.2%$3,644    0.5%$8,541n/m$(2,014)(55.3)%

     For the year ended March 31, Change
    (dollars in thousands)2015 2014 2013 2015 vs. 2014 2014 vs. 2013
       
    % of
    revenue
       
    % of
    revenue
       
    % of
    revenue
            
    Restructuring charges related to
    cost of revenue
    $
     % $539
     0.1% $
     % $(539) (100.0)% $539
     n/a
    Restructuring charges in operating
         expenses
    1,666
     0.3% 10,675
     1.9% 10,171
     1.7% (9,009) (84.4)% 504
     5.0%
    Total restructuring charges$1,666
     0.3% $11,214
     2.0% $10,171
     1.7% $(9,548) (85.1)% $1,043
     10.3%
    Our restructuring actions are stepsplans have been undertaken to reduce costs in an effort to return to consistent profitability. Given the tape revenue decreaseprofitability and generate cash from operations. Restructuring actions in fiscal 2015 were largely due to further consolidating our facilities in the first half ofU.S.
    Restructuring actions in fiscal 2013, its impact on operating profit and the use of cash in operations, we recognized the need for and implemented restructuring plans in the second half of fiscal 2013. In fiscal 2011 and 2012, restructuring actions2014 were largely due to consolidate operations supporting our business were the result of strategic management decisions. decisions to outsource our manufacturing and further consolidate repair and service operations, in addition to reducing research and development, sales and marketing and administrative activities and teams to align our workforce with our continuing operations plans.
    For additional information and disclosure of restructuring charges refer to Note 8 “Restructuring Charges” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Until we achieve consistent and sustainable levels of profitability, we may incur restructuring charges in the future from additional strategic cost reduction efforts.

    Fiscal 20132015 Compared to Fiscal 2012

    The increase in restructuring2014

    Restructuring charges decreased in fiscal 20132015 compared to the prior year wasfiscal 2014 primarily due to a $6.7 million increase indecreased severance and benefits expense from eliminating more positionsrestructuring and facility restructuring charges. Severance and benefits restructuring charges decreased $5.7 million in both the U.S. and internationally across most functions of the business to align spending with revenue expectations. Facility restructuring expense increased $1.6 millionfiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 20122014 primarily due to accruing remaining lease expense relatedstrategic management decisions to the portionoutsource our manufacturing operations and further consolidate production and service activities in fiscal 2014. Facility restructuring charges decreased $3.1 million in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 primarily due to vacating a majority of a U.S. facility that was vacatedour manufacturing and warehouse facilities in the fourth quarter ofU.S. in fiscal 2013.

    2014.

    Fiscal 20122014 Compared to Fiscal 2011

    The decrease2013


    Restructuring charges increased in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 primarily due to increased facility restructuring and other restructuring charges, inlargely attributable to our decision to outsource our manufacturing operations. Facility restructuring charges increased $2.4 million from fiscal 2012 was2013 primarily due to vacating a $2.0majority of our manufacturing and warehouse facilities, all of which are in the U.S. Other restructuring charges increased $0.8 million decrease in severance chargesprimarily due to fewer positions eliminated during the year as a result of strategic management decisions and a $0.9 million decrease in restructuring charges related to cost of revenuesales incurred as a result of our manufacturing outsourcing decision. These were partially offset by a $2.1 million decrease in severance charges largely due to lower actual costs than estimated to exit a supplier relationship. Partially offsetting these decreases washigher average severance charge per position in the prior year as a $0.9 million increase in facility restructuring charges due to negotiating a $0.3 million settlement for a lease liability on a vacated facility in India in fiscal 2012result of the specific job type, tenure and $0.6 million in credits in fiscal 2011 primarily due to negotiating settlements for lease liabilities for amounts lower thangeographies of the outstanding lease contracts.

    positions eliminated.


    Gain on Sale of Patents

    For the year ended March 31,Change
    (dollars in thousands)2013201220112013 vs. 20122012 vs. 2011
          % of
    revenue
          % of
    revenue
          % of
    revenue 
                
    Gain on sale of patents$          —%$     1,500     0.2%$          —%$     (1,500)(100.0)%$     1,500 n/a

    During fiscal 2012, weAssets

     For the year ended March 31, Change
    (dollars in thousands)2015 2014 2013 2015 vs. 2014 2014 vs. 2013
                     
    % of
    revenue
                    
    % of
    revenue
                     
    % of
    revenue
                                                    
    Gain on sale of assets$462
     0.1% $267
     0.0% $
     % $195
     73.0% $267
     n/a
    We had a $1.5$0.5 million gain on the sale of patents. Underassets primarily due to the patent sale agreement, we retain a royalty-free license for these patents. We may enter into similar transactionsof IP addresses in the future.

    fiscal 2015.


    33


    Other Income and Expense

    For the year ended March 31,Change
    (dollars in thousands)2013201220112013 vs. 20122012 vs. 2011
          % of
    revenue
          % of
    revenue
          % of
    revenue 
                
    Other income and (expense)$   (216)     0.0%$   (118)     0.0%$   1,199     0.2%$   (98)(83.1)%$   (1,317) (109.8)%
     For the year ended March 31, Change
    (dollars in thousands)2015 2014 2013 2015 vs. 2014 2014 vs. 2013
                     
    % of
    revenue
                    
    % of
    revenue
                     
    % of
    revenue
                                                    
    Other income and (expense)$13,836
     2.5% $1,296
     0.2% $(216) 0.0% $12,540
     967.6% $1,512
     n/m

    Other expense

    Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014
    The increase in other income in fiscal 2013 was relatively unchanged from fiscal 2012. Other income and expense decreased $1.3 million in fiscal 20122015 compared to fiscal 20112014 was primarily due to a $1.6$12.8 million net decreaseincrease in investment gains from fiscal 2011, largely due to a $13.6 million gain on the sale of our investment in a privately held company in fiscal 2015.
    Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013
    Other income in fiscal 2014 was primarily attributable to an $0.8 million increase from foreign currency gains from private technology venture limited partnerships thatin fiscal 2014 compared to foreign currency losses in fiscal 2013. The foreign currency gains in fiscal 2014 were not repeated. In addition, we hadprimarily attributable to a $0.4 million net increase in foreign exchange losses primarily due tostrengthening of the U.S. dollar strengthening against the euro in fiscal 2012. These were partially offset by $0.9 million in fees for an amendment to our senior secured credit agreement in fiscal 2011 that were not repeated.

    Interest Expense

    For the year ended March 31,Change
    (dollars in thousands)2013201220112013 vs. 20122012 vs. 2011
          % of
    revenue
          % of
    revenue
          % of
    revenue 
                
    Interest expense$   8,342     1.4%$   10,686     1.6%$   20,163     3.0%$   (2,344)(21.9)%$   (9,477) (47.0)%

    Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012

    Interest expense decreased from fiscal 2012 primarily due to principal payments in the prior year that reduced the outstanding debt balanceAustralian dollar. The foreign currency losses in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012. We also had a lower average interest rate during fiscal 2013 than the prior year that contributed to decreased interest expense. In addition, the debt refinancing in March 2012 to a revolving credit facility that had lower debt issuance costs than the prior credit facility decreased amortization of debt issuance costs in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012.

    Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2011

    Interest expense decreased in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011 primarilywere largely due to decreased average interest rates from refinancing subordinated term debt that had a 12% interest rate with 3.5% convertible subordinated notes issued in November 2010. In addition, we had a lower senior secured term debt balance in fiscal 2012 than fiscal 2011 which also contributed to decreased interest expense.

    In addition tostrengthening of the items noted above, interestU.S. dollar against the euro.

    Interest Expense
     For the year ended March 31, Change
    (dollars in thousands)2015 2014 2013 2015 vs. 2014 2014 vs. 2013
                     
    % of
    revenue
                    
    % of
    revenue
                     
    % of
    revenue
                                                    
    Interest expense$9,460
     1.7% $9,754
     1.8% $8,342
     1.4% $(294) (3.0)% $1,412
     16.9%
    Interest expense includes the amortization of debt issuance costs for debt facilities. For further information, refer to Note 7 “Convertible Subordinated Debt and Long-Term Debt”“Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


    Interest expense decreased in fiscal 2015 from fiscal 2014 due to the purchase of $50.0 million of aggregate principal amount of 3.50% convertible subordinated notes in January 2015. Interest expense increased in fiscal 2014 from fiscal 2013 primarily due to refinancing our revolving debt balance in the third quarter of fiscal 2013 with 4.50% convertible subordinated notes. These convertible subordinated notes have a higher interest rate and a larger principal balance.

    Loss on Debt Extinguishment

    For the year ended March 31,Change
    (dollars in thousands)2013  2012  20112013 vs. 20122012 vs. 2011
       % of
    revenue
      % of
    revenue
      % of
    revenue
            
    Loss on debt extinguishment$     —%$  (2,310)   (0.4)%$   (1,186)   (0.2)%$  2,310   100.0%$  (1,124)   (94.8)%
     For the year ended March 31, Change
    (dollars in thousands)2015 2014 2013 2015 vs. 2014 2014 vs. 2013
       
    % of
    revenue
       
    % of
    revenue
       
    % of
    revenue
            
    Loss on debt extinguishment$1,295
     0.2% $
     % $
     % $1,295
     n/a $
     n/a

    During

    The loss on debt extinguishment in fiscal 2015 was due to the fourth quarterpurchase of fiscal 2012, we fully repaid our senior secured term loan with Credit Suisse using cash on hand and borrowings$50.0 million of $49.5 million from a new credit facility with Wells Fargo.aggregate principal amount of the 3.50% convertible subordinated notes for $51.0 million. In connection with this transaction, we recorded a loss on debt extinguishment we wrote off $2.3of $1.3 million comprised of the loss of $1.0 million from the notes purchased and a write-off of $0.3 million of unamortized debt costs related to the Credit Suisse credit agreement.

    During the third quarter of fiscal 2011, we fully repaid outstanding subordinated term loans by issuing $135 million aggregate principal of 3.50% convertible subordinatedpurchased notes. In connection with this debt extinguishment, we wrote off $1.2 million of unamortized debt costs relatedFor further information, refer to Note 7 “Debt” to the subordinated term loans.

    Consolidated Financial Statements.


    34


    Income Taxes

    For the year ended March 31,Change
    (dollars in thousands)2013201220112013 vs. 20122012 vs. 2011
       % of
    pre-tax loss
        % of
    pre-tax loss
        % of
    pre-tax income
            
    Income tax provision$  1,161         (2.3)%$  887         (11.2)%$  13                0.3%$  274   30.9%$  874   n/m

     For the year ended March 31, Change
    (dollars in thousands)2015 2014 2013 2015 vs. 2014 2014 vs. 2013
       % of
    pre-tax income
       % of
    pre-tax loss
       % of
    pre-tax loss
            
    Income tax provision$718
     4.1% $1,217 (6.0)% $1,161
     (2.3)% $(499) (41.0)% $56
     4.8%
    The $0.3 million increasedecrease in income tax expense in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012provision was primarily due to higherlower foreign taxes. The $0.9 million increase in tax expensetaxes in fiscal 20122015 compared to fiscal 20112014. Income tax provision was primarily due to the releaseessentially unchanged in fiscal 2011 of $0.9 million in tax liabilities in foreign jurisdictions that were not repeated.2014 compared to fiscal 2013. Tax expense in fiscal 20132015, 2014 and fiscal 20122013 was primarily comprised of foreign income taxes and state taxes. Tax expense in fiscal 2011 was primarily comprisedFor additional information, including a reconciliation of foreign income taxes and state taxes, offset by the release ofeffective tax liabilities in foreign jurisdictions duerate, refer to a favorable settlement and expiration of statutes of limitation.

    Note 11 “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

    Amortization of Intangible Assets

    The following table details intangible asset amortization expense by classification within our Consolidated Statements of Operations (in thousands):

    For the year ended March 31,Change
    2013    2012    2011    2013 vs. 2012    2012 vs. 2011
    Cost of revenue$   3,775$   7,583$   14,662$   (3,808)    (50.2)%  $   (7,079)    (48.3)%
    Research and development200%(200)   (100.0)%
    Sales and marketing9,52413,12813,419(3,604)(27.5)%(291)(2.2)%
    General and administrative32100(32)  (100.0)%(68)(68.0)%
    $13,299$20,743$28,381$(7,444)(35.9)%$(7,638)(26.9)%

     For the year ended March 31, Change
     2015 2014 2013 2015 vs. 2014 2014 vs. 2013
    Cost of revenue$913
     $1,476
     $3,775
     $(563) (38.1)% $(2,299) (60.9)%
    Sales and marketing2,784
     7,426
     9,524
     (4,642) (62.5)% (2,098) (22.0)%
     $3,697
     $8,902
     $13,299
     $(5,205) (58.5)% $(4,397) (33.1)%
    The decreaseddecreases in intangible asset amortization in fiscal 20132015 and 20122014 compared to the respective prior years was due to certain intangible assets becoming fully amortized. Refer to Note 5 “Intangible Assets and Goodwill” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding our amortizable intangible assets.



    Share-Based Compensation

    The following table summarizes share-based compensation within our Consolidated Statements of Operations (in thousands):

    For the year ended March 31,Change
    2013     2012     2011     2013 vs. 2012     2012 vs. 2011
    Cost of revenue$      2,389$      2,203$      1,768$      186     8.4%$      435            24.6%
    Research and development3,6653,2502,486415       12.8%76430.7%
    Sales and marketing4,6994,0483,12165116.1%92729.7%
    General and administrative4,3864,2363,0461503.5%1,19039.1%
    $15,139$13,737$10,421$1,40210.2%$3,31631.8%

     For the year ended March 31, Change
     2015 2014 2013 2015 vs. 2014 2014 vs. 2013
    Cost of revenue$1,489
     $1,963
     $2,389
     $(474) (24.1)% $(426) (17.8)%
    Research and development2,559
     3,430
     3,665
     (871) (25.4)% (235) (6.4)%
    Sales and marketing3,506
     4,097
     4,699
     (591) (14.4)% (602) (12.8)%
    General and administrative4,029
     3,969
     4,386
     60
     1.5 % (417) (9.5)%
     $11,583
     $13,459
     $15,139
     $(1,876) (13.9)% $(1,680) (11.1)%
    Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014
    The increasedecrease in share-based compensation in fiscal 20132015 was primarily due to $2.5a $1.3 million decrease in the restricted stock expense resulting from a lower fair value of incremental RSUrestricted stock units. We also had a $0.4 million decrease in stock purchase plan expense largely for merit awards grantedas a result of decreased headcount.
    Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013
    The decrease in 2013share-based compensation in fiscal 2014 was primarily due to sales and marketing and research and development team members. This increase was partially offset by a $0.9 million decrease in option expense fromdue to option modifications in fiscal 2012 due2013 that were not repeated in addition to existing options becoming fully vested during fiscal 2013 and a $0.2 million decrease in expense related to the employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”) due to lower stock prices than fiscal 2012.

    The increase in share-based compensation expense in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011 was primarily due to a $3.7 million increase in expense related to restricted stock units due to more restricted stock units granted for employee merit increases at a higher grant-date stock price in fiscal 2012 than fiscal 2011. In addition we2014. We also had a $0.6 million increasedecrease in stock purchase plan expense related to the ESPP due to increased participation ina combination of decreased employee contributions as a result of reduced staffing from fiscal 2012. This was partially offset by a $1.0 million decrease in expense related to options due to more options vesting in fiscal 2012 than were replaced by new option grants.

    Recent Accounting Pronouncements

    See Recent Accounting Pronouncements in Note 2 “Summary2013 and lower stock prices.


    35

    Table of Significant Accounting Policies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements including the respective expected dates of adoption and effects on our results of operations and financial condition.

    Contents


    LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

    As of or for the year ended March 31,
    (In thousands) 2013     2012     2011
    Cash and cash equivalents$      68,976$      51,261$      76,010
    Net income (loss)(52,419)(8,809)4,541
    Net cash provided by operating activities7,73545,66052,327
    Net cash used in investing activities(10,908)(21,974)(10,103)
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities20,975(48,353)(81,286)

    Fiscal 2013

    The $60.2 million difference between reported net loss and cash provided by operating activities during fiscal 2013 was primarily due to $52.1 million in non-cash items, the largest of which were share-based compensation, amortization, depreciation and service parts lower of cost or market adjustment. In addition, we had an $11.7 million decrease in accounts receivable primarily due to lower revenue and service billings in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013 than the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012. This was partially offset by an $8.6 million decrease in accounts payable primarily due to decreased purchases and the timing of payments.

    Cash used in investing activities was primarily due to $10.1 million of property and equipment purchases and $2.2 million used to purchase other investments. Equipment purchases were primarily for engineering equipment and testing hardware to support product development activities and equipment to update our network. We also made leasehold improvements to a location we started leasing in the first quarter of fiscal 2013. Other investment purchases we made were in private technology companies with products or features complementary to Quantum products and our strategy.

    Cash provided by financing activities during fiscal 2013 was primarily due to $18.2 million in net borrowings from issuing convertible subordinated debt and repaying our line of credit balance from a portion of the convertible debt proceeds. In addition, we received $4.8 million from the exercise of stock options and issuance of shares under the employee stock purchase plan, partially offset by $2.0 million paid for taxes due upon vesting of restricted stock.



    Fiscal 2012

    The $54.5 million difference between reported net loss and cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2012 was primarily due to $60.4 million of non-cash expenses, including amortization, share-based compensation, depreciation and service parts lower of cost or market adjustment. In addition, we had an $8.1 million increase in deferred revenue primarily due to increased sales of service contracts. Partially offsetting these was a $21.4 million use of cash from increased manufacturing inventories primarily due to purchasing materials to build and configure new products and securing hard disk drives in light of supply constraints from flooding in Thailand earlier in the fiscal year.

    Cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2012 was primarily due to $11.4 million in purchases of property and equipment and $8.2 million of cash paid, net of cash acquired, for our acquisition of Pancetera. Equipment purchases were primarily for engineering equipment and testing hardware to support product development activities.

    Cash used in financing activities during fiscal 2012 was primarily due to net debt repayments of $55.8 million, including $104.3 million to fully repay our senior secured term debt. We refinanced a portion of the senior secured term debt with a new revolving credit facility in fiscal 2012. Partially offsetting cash used in financing activities was $10.4 million in proceeds received from the exercise of stock options and issuance of shares under the employee stock purchase plan.

    Fiscal 2011

    The $47.8 million difference between reported net income and cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2011 was primarily due to $67.5 million of non-cash expenses, including amortization, service parts lower of cost or market adjustment, depreciation and share-based compensation. These noncash expenses were partially offset by a $14.9 million increase in accounts receivable primarily due to increased sales of products and service billings in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011 compared to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010.

    Cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2011 was primarily due to $12.3 million in purchases of property and equipment. Equipment purchases were primarily for engineering test equipment to support product development activities.

    Cash used in financing activities during fiscal 2011 was primarily due to net debt repayments of $95.5 million, including $81.7 million of principal on our senior secured term debt. We refinanced subordinated term loans with 3.50% convertible subordinated debt in fiscal 2011, and the repayment of this long-term debt was offset by borrowings of convertible subordinated debt. In addition, we received $16.5 million from the issuance of common stock.

    Capital Resources and Financial Condition

    As of March 31, 2015, we had $67.9 million of cash and cash equivalents which is comprised of money market funds and cash deposits.
    We continue to focus on improving our operating performance, including efforts to increase revenue and to continue to control costs in order to improve margins, return to consistent profitability and generate positive cash flows from operating activities. We believe that our existing cash and capital resources will be sufficient to meet all currently planned expenditures, debt service, contractual obligations and sustain operations for at least the next 12 months. This belief is dependent upon our ability to achieve gross margin projections and to control operating expenses in order to provide positive cash flow from operating activities. Although we recorded facility restructuring charges in fiscal 2015 and anticipate another nominal charge in fiscal 2016, payments for the accrued facility restructuring will be made monthly in accordance with the lease agreements, which continue through February 2021. As a result, the facility restructuring is not expected to change our cash requirements. Our cash outlay for these lease payments could be reduced in the future if we are able to sublease facilities. Should any of the above assumptions prove incorrect, either in combination or individually, it would likely have a material negative effect on our cash balances and capital resources.

    The following is a description of our existing capital resources including outstanding balances, funds available to borrow and primary repayment terms including interest rates. For additional information, see Note 7 “Convertible Subordinated Debt and Long-Term Debt”“Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

    We have $205$153.7 million of convertible subordinated debt outstanding in addition to a line of credit under thea Wells Fargo Credit agreement, inclusive of amendments (“WF credit agreement”). The $135$153.7 million aggregate principal amount outstandingof convertible subordinated debt is comprised of $83.7 million of 3.50% convertible subordinated notes is due November 15, 2015 the terms of which are governed by an agreement dated November 15, 2010 between Quantum and U.S. Bank National Association (“3.50% notes”). The and $70 million aggregate principal amount outstanding of 4.50% convertible subordinated notes further described below is due November 15, 2017 the terms of which are governed by an agreement dated October 31, 2012 between Quantum and U.S. Bank National Association (“4.50% notes”). Both the 3.50% notes and the 4.50% notes have required semi-annual interest payments.



    Duringpayments and no early call provisions. Interest payments related to the third quarter of fiscal 2013, we issued $70 million aggregate principal amount of convertible subordinated notes. This was comprised of $60 million aggregate principal amount issued on October 31, 2012,3.50% notes and an additional $10 million aggregate principal amount issued on November 6, 2012 pursuant to an over-allotment provision. These4.50% notes are convertible into shares of our common stock at a conversion rate of 607.1645 shares per $1,000 principal amount, a conversion price of approximately $1.65 per share. We may not redeem the notes prior to their maturity date although investors may convert the 4.50% notes into Quantum common stock until November 14, 2017 at their option. In addition, since purchasers are qualified institutional investors, as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”), the 4.50% notes have not been registered under the Securities Act. We pay 4.50% interest per annum on the principal amount of the 4.50% notes semi-annuallypaid on May 15 and November 15 of each year beginning in May 2013. Interest began to accrue on October 31, 2012. The 4.50% notes are subordinated to any existing indebtedness and other liabilities.year. We incurred and capitalized $2.3paid $5.1 million of fees forinterest on the 3.50% notes and $3.2 million of interest on the 4.50% notes which are included in other long-term assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The fees are amortizedfiscal 2015.

    On January 28, 2015, we entered into a private transaction with a note holder to interest expense over the termpurchase $50.0 million of aggregate principal amount of the 3.50% notes for $51.0 million. In connection with this transaction, we recorded a loss on debt extinguishment of $1.3 million comprised of the loss of $1.0 million from the notes we purchased and a write-off of $0.3 million of unamortized debt costs related to the purchased notes.

    We also paid accrued interest on the purchased notes of $0.4 million. We funded this transaction using cash on hand.

    Under the WF credit agreement, as amended, we have the ability to borrow the lesser of $75 million or the amount of the monthly borrowing base under a senior secured revolving credit facility. The maximum borrowing amount is the lesser of $55 million or the amount of the monthly borrowing base. The WF credit agreement matures March 29, 2017 so long as an amount sufficient to repay the 3.50% notes is available for borrowing under the WF credit agreement or is deposited in a WF controlled account prior to August 16, 2015. Otherwise, the WF credit agreement matures on August 16, 2015 if our 3.50% notes remain outstanding on that date.2015. Quarterly, we are required to pay a 0.375% commitment fee on undrawn amounts under the revolving credit facility. There is a blanket lien on all of our assets under the WF credit agreement in addition to certain financial and reporting covenants. On October 31, 2012, we repaid all outstanding borrowings under the WF credit agreement with $49.5 million of the proceeds from the 4.50% notes. We have letters of credit totaling $1.1$1.0 million, reducing the maximum amount available to borrow to $53.9 millionby this amount at March 31, 2013.May 29, 2015. As of March 31, 2013,May 29, 2015, and during fiscal 2015, we were in compliance with all covenants and had no outstanding balance on the line of credit.

    There were two primary amendments made

    The interest rate on amounts borrowed is based on an election by us of an annual rate equal to (1) a base rate established by Wells Fargo plus an applicable margin of 1.0% to 1.5%, based on availability levels under the WF credit agreement during fiscal 2013. On June 28, 2012,or (2) the LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.0% and 2.5%, based on availability levels under the WF credit agreement was amendedagreement. The base rate is defined in order to allow the assignment of one third of the total revolver commitment to Silicon Valley Bank. This amendment also made certain other conforming and related modifications, including changes to the average liquidity requirements.

    With the completion of the convertible debt offering in the third quarter of fiscal 2013, we requested an amendment to the WF credit agreement.

    The WF credit agreement to decrease the line of credit and modify certaincontains customary covenants, including cross-default provisions, as well as financial covenants. An amendment was completed on January 31, 2013. The averageAverage liquidity covenant was eliminated.must exceed $15 million each month. The fixed charge coverage ratio covenant is applicable only in fiscal quarters in which liquidity is below $16.5 million and decreased fromrequired to be greater than 1.2 to 1.1 for the 12 month period ending on the last day of any fiscal quartermonth in which the covenant is applicable. The liquidity requirement toThis covenant is applicable only in months in which borrowings exceed $5 million at any time during the month and was not applicable in fiscal 2015. To avoid triggering mandatory field audits decreased fromand Wells Fargo controlling our cash receipts, we must maintain liquidity of at least $20 million to $18.5 million commencing January 31, 2013 and will remain at this level for the remaining termall times. Repurchases of the credit agreement. Both thesubordinated convertible notes is allowed as long as we have a proforma fixed coverage ratio of 1.5 and liquidity of $25 million. The fixed charge coverage ratio, average liquidity and liquidity are defined in the WF credit agreement andand/or amendments. Certain schedules in the January 31, 2013 amendment. In addition, compliance certificatescertificate must be filed monthly if borrowings exceed $15 million,$5 million; otherwise they are to be filed quarterly. The fixed charge coverage ratio was not applicable for the fourth quarter

    36

    Table of fiscal 2013 because our liquidity level exceeded the contractual threshold.


    Contents

    Generation of positive cash flow from operating activities has historically been, and will continue to be, an important source of cash to fund operating needs and meet our current and long-term obligations. We plan to utilize a combination of cash on hand and cash available under the WF credit agreement to repay the outstanding balance of the 3.50% notes while maintaining sufficient cash to fund operating needs and other obligations. While, we expect that we will repay the outstanding balance of the 3.50% notes using currently available resources as described, we may choose to raise additional capital if strategically advantageous to the company. We can provide no assurance that such financing would be available to us on commercially acceptable terms or at all.
    We have taken many actions in recent years to offset the negative impact of economic uncertainty and slow economic growth and their impact on the data protection and big data and archivescale-out storage markets. We implemented cost reduction initiatives in the third quarter of fiscal 2013 and additional spending control programs in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013 in an effort to better align spending with revenue expectations. We cannot provide assurance that the actions we are currently undertaking, have taken in the past or any actions we may take in the future will ensure a consistent, sustainable and sufficient level of net income and positive cash flow from operating activities to fund, sustain or grow our business. Certain events that are beyond our control, including prevailing economic, competitive and industry conditions, as well as various legal and other disputes, may prevent us from achieving these financial objectives. Any inability to achieve consistent and sustainable net income and cash flow could result in:

    (i)
    (i)Restrictions on our ability to manage or fund our existing operations, which could result in a material and adverse effect on our future results of operations and financial condition.
    (ii)Unwillingness on the part of the lenders to do any of the following:
    Approve any amendments to the credit agreement we may seek to obtain in the future.
    Any lack of renewal, waiver, or amendment, if needed, could result in the revolving credit line becoming unavailable to us and any amounts outstanding becoming immediately due and payable.

    Any lack of renewal, waiver, or amendment, if needed, could result in the revolving credit line becoming unavailable to us and any amounts outstanding becoming immediately due and payable.

    (iii)Further impairment of our financial flexibility, which could require us to raise additional funding in the capital markets sooner than we otherwise would, and on terms less favorable to us, if available at all.

    Any of the above mentioned items, individually or in combination, could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations, available cash and cash flows, financial condition, access to capital and liquidity.

    Cash Flows
    Following is a summary of cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities (in thousands):
     As of or for the year ended March 31,
    (In thousands)       2015 2014 2013
    Cash and cash equivalents$67,948
     $99,125
     $68,976
    Net income (loss)16,760
     (21,474) (52,179)
    Net cash provided by operating activities6,034
     35,474
     7,735
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities11,641
     (6,649) (10,908)
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities(48,641) 1,285
     20,975
    Fiscal 2015
    The $10.7 million difference between reported net income and cash provided by operating activities during fiscal 2015 was primarily due to a $22.6 million increase in accounts receivable, a $19.7 million increase in manufacturing inventories and a $13.6 million gain on sale of other investments, offset by $29.0 million of non-cash items and a $12.8 million increase in accounts payable. The increase in accounts receivable was primarily due to increased product revenue and service billings in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 as compared to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014. The increases in manufacturing inventories and accounts payable were due to increased inventory purchases to ensure adequate quantities on hand to fulfill orders. The largest non-cash items included share-based compensation, depreciation, amortization and service parts lower of cost or market adjustment.
    Cash provided by investing activities was primarily due to $15.1 million of proceeds of sale of other investments in a privately held company, partially offset by $3.2 million of property and equipment purchases. Equipment purchases were primarily for engineering equipment for product development and permanent demo units.
    Cash used in financing activities was primarily due to the purchase of $50.0 million of aggregate principal amount of convertible subordinated debt.

    37


    Fiscal 2014
    The $56.9 million difference between reported net loss and cash provided by operating activities during fiscal 2014 was primarily due to $46.1 million in non-cash items, the largest of which were share-based compensation, service parts lower of cost or market adjustment, depreciation and amortization. In addition, we had a $13.4 million decrease in manufacturing inventories primarily due to outsourcing our manufacturing operations and an $8.7 million increase in deferred revenue primarily due to increased service contract revenue deferred at March 31, 2014 compared to March 31, 2013. These were partially offset by a $6.1 million decrease in accrued compensation due to decreased staffing and timing of payroll payments, and a $5.9 million decrease in accounts payable primarily due to decreased purchases.

    Cash used in investing activities was primarily due to $6.0 million of property and equipment purchases. Equipment purchases were primarily for engineering equipment to support product development activities, IT equipment and software, largely related to an ERP system upgrade, leasehold improvements in locations we started leasing in the second quarter of fiscal 2014 and the purchase of permanent demo units.

    Cash provided by financing activities during fiscal 2014 was primarily due to receipt of $4.4 million from the exercise of stock options and issuance of shares under the employee stock purchase plan, partially offset by $1.9 million paid for taxes due upon vesting of restricted stock and the purchase of $1.3 million of convertible subordinated debt.
    Fiscal 2013
    The $59.9 million difference between reported net loss and cash provided by operating activities during fiscal 2013 was primarily due to $52.1 million in non-cash items, the largest of which were share-based compensation, amortization, depreciation and service parts lower of cost or market adjustment. In addition, we had an $11.9 million decrease in accounts receivable primarily due to lower revenue and service billings in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013 than the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012. This was partially offset by an $8.6 million decrease in accounts payable primarily due to decreased purchases and the timing of payments.
    Cash used in investing activities was primarily due to $10.1 million of property and equipment purchases and $2.2 million used to purchase other investments. Equipment purchases were primarily for engineering equipment and testing hardware to support product development activities and equipment to update our network. We also made leasehold improvements to a location we started leasing in the first quarter of fiscal 2013. Other investment purchases we made were in private technology companies with products or features complementary to Quantum products and our strategy.
    Cash provided by financing activities during fiscal 2013 was primarily due to $18.2 million in net borrowings from issuing convertible subordinated debt and repaying our line of credit balance from a portion of the convertible debt proceeds. In addition, we received $4.8 million from the exercise of stock options and issuance of shares under the employee stock purchase plan, partially offset by $2.0 million paid for taxes due upon vesting of restricted stock.
    Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

    Lease Commitments

    We lease certain facilities under non-cancelable lease agreements. Some of the leases have renewal options ranging from one to ten years and others contain escalation clauses and provisions for maintenance, taxes or insurance. We also have equipment leases for computers and other office equipment. Future minimum lease payments under these operating leases are shown below in the “Contractual Obligations” section.

    Commitments to Purchase Inventory

    We use contract manufacturers for certainour manufacturing functions.operations. Under these arrangements, the contract manufacturer procures inventory to manufacture products based upon our forecast of customer demand. We have similar arrangements with certain other suppliers. We are responsible for the financial impact on the supplier or contract manufacturer of any reduction or product mix shift in the forecast relative to materials that the supplierthird party had already purchased under a prior forecast. Such a variance in forecasted demand could require a cash payment for inventory in excess of current customer demand or for costs of excess or obsolete inventory. As of March 31, 2013,2015, we had issued non-cancelable purchase commitments for $22.3$46.0 million to purchase inventory from our contract manufacturers and suppliers.


    38


    Stock Repurchases

    During fiscal 2000, the Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase up to $700 million of our common stock in open market purchases or private transactions. As of March 31, 2013, there was2015, $87.9 million remainingremained under our authorization to repurchase Quantum common stock.this authorization. No stock repurchases were made during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.2015, 2014 or 2013. Our ability to repurchase our common stock is restricted unless we meet certain thresholds under the terms of the WF credit agreement.

    Contractual Obligations

    The table below summarizes our contractual obligations as of March 31, 20132015 (in thousands):

    Payments Due by Period
    Less than
    1 year
         1 – 3 years     3 – 5 years     More than
    5 years
         Total
    Convertible subordinated debt$      7,875$      150,750$      76,300$      $      234,925
    Purchase obligations22,30822,308
    Operating leases10,02717,19510,64213,41551,279
    Total contractual cash obligations$40,210$167,945$86,942$13,415$308,512



     Payments Due by Period
     
    Less than
    1 year
     1 – 3 years 3 –5 years 
    More than
    5 years
     Total
    Convertible subordinated debt$89,811
     $76,300
     $
     $
     $166,111
    Purchase obligations46,019
     
     
     
     46,019
    Operating leases:        

    Lease payments9,107
     12,734
     9,555
     4,459
     35,855
    Sublease rental income(587) (1,895) (1,852) (813) (5,147)
    Total operating leases8,520
     10,839
     7,703
     3,646
     30,708
              
    Total contractual cash obligations$144,350
     $87,139
     $7,703
     $3,646
     $242,838
    The contractual commitments shown above include $29.9$12.4 million in interest payments on our various debt obligations. As of March 31, 2013,2015, we had $5.1 million of long-term tax liabilities for uncertain tax positions, for which we cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate of when payments are likely to occur.

    RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
    See Recent Accounting Pronouncements in Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements including the respective expected dates of adoption and effects on our results of operations and financial condition.
    CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND POLICIES

    Our discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations is based on the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. The preparation of these statements requires us to make significant estimates and judgments about future uncertainties that affect reported assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our significant accounting policies are presented within Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Our critical accounting estimates require the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments and are described below. An accounting estimate is considered critical if it requires estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain when the estimate is made, if different estimates reasonably could have been used or if changes in the estimate that are reasonably possible could materially impact the financial statements. We have discussed the development, selection and disclosure of our critical accounting policies with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. We believe the assumptions and estimates used and the resulting balances are reasonable; however, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

    Revenue Recognition

    Application of the various accounting principles related to measurement and recognition of revenue requires us to make judgments and estimates in the following related areas: determining estimated selling prices (“ESP”) and allocating revenue based on the relative selling prices in arrangements with multiple deliverables, including assessing whether we have vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) or third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) for each deliverable; the interpretation of non-standard terms and conditions in sales agreements; assessments of future price adjustments, such as rebates, price protection and future product returns and estimates for contractual licensee fees.


    39

    Table of Contents

    When we enter into sales arrangements with customers that contain multiple deliverables such as hardware, software and services, these arrangements require us to identify each deliverable and determine its ESPestimated selling price following the relative selling price hierarchy. Additionally, we sometimes use judgment in order to determine the appropriate timing of revenue recognition and to assess whether any software and nonsoftwarenon-software components function together to deliver a tangible product’s essential functionality in order to ensure the arrangement is properly accounted for as software or hardware revenue.

    When we enter into multiple deliverable revenue arrangements with customers which are not subject to software revenue guidance, we use judgment to (1) separate the deliverables based on specific criteria, (2) assign an estimated selling price to each deliverable based on the selling price hierarchy using VSOE, TPE or ESPbest estimate of selling price (“BESP”) and (3) allocate the total arrangement consideration using the relative selling price method. When VSOE cannot be established we attempt to establish the selling price of each element based on TPE. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for largely interchangeable products when sold separately. When we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use ESP.BESP. We use judgment to determine ESP,BESP, which is the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service were regularly sold on a standalone basis. In this determination we consider our discounting and internal pricing practices, external market conditions and competitive positioning for similar offerings.

    While the majority of our sales arrangements contain standard terms and conditions, we sometimes apply judgment when interpreting complex arrangements with non-standard terms and conditions to determine the appropriate accounting and timing of revenue recognition. An example of such a judgment is deferring revenue related to significant post-delivery obligations and customer acceptance criteria until such obligations are fulfilled.

    For software products, we generally recognize revenue upon delivery of the software. Revenue from post-contract customer support agreements, which entitle software customers to both telephone support and any unspecified upgrades and enhancements during the term of the agreement, is classified as product revenue and recognized ratably over the term of the support agreement.
    We license certain software to customers under licensing agreements that allow those customers to embed the software into specific products they offer. As consideration, licensees pay us a fee based on the amount of sales of their products that incorporate our software. On a periodic and timely basis, the licensees provide us with reports listing their sales to end users for which they owe us license fees. Similarly, royalty revenue is estimated from licensee reports of units sold to end users subject to royalties under master contracts. In both cases, these reports are used to substantiate delivery and we recognize revenue based on the information in these reports or when amounts can be reasonably estimated.



    Inventory Allowances

    Our manufacturing and service parts inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost computed on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis. Adjustments to reduce the carrying value of both manufacturing and service parts inventories to their net realizable value are made for estimated excess, obsolete or impaired balances. Factors influencing these adjustments include significant estimates and judgments about the future of product life cycles, product demand, rapid technological changes, development plans, product pricing, physical deterioration, quality issues, end of service life plans and volume of enhanced or extended warranty service contracts.

    Impairment of Long-lived Assets and Goodwill

    We apply judgment when reviewing amortizable intangible and other long-lived assets (“long-lived assets”) and goodwill for impairment, including when evaluating potential impairment indicators. Indicators we consider include adverse changes in the economy or business climate that could affect the value of our long-lived assets or goodwill, overall financial performance such as negative or declining cash flows or operating income, changes in our business strategy, product mix or to the long-term economic outlook, a sustained decrease in our stock price and, in the case of goodwill, testing long-lived assets for recoverability. In addition, we evaluate on the basis of the weight of evidence the significance of identified events and circumstances along with how they could affect the relationship between the reporting unit's fair value and carrying amount, including positive mitigating events and circumstances.

    We use an undiscounted cash flow approach to evaluate our long-lived assets for recoverability when there are impairment indicators. Estimates of future cash flows require significant judgments about the future and include company forecasts and our expectations of future use of our long-lived assets, both of which may be impacted by market conditions. Other critical estimates include determining the asset group or groups within our long-lived assets, the primary asset of an asset group and the primary asset’s useful life. During fiscal 2013, we early adopted the accounting guidance that allows entities the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not an indefinite-lived asset is impaired.

    In addition to comparing the carrying value of the reporting unit to its fair value, because we have negative book value, we perform a qualitative analysis to determine whether it is not more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying amount. If we determine it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying amount, then a second step must be performed to quantify the amount of goodwill impairment, if any, requiring additional assumptions and judgments.

    If the second step of a goodwill impairment test is required, the following assumptions and estimates may be used by management in an income approach analysis. We derive discounted cash flows using estimates and assumptions about the future. Other significant assumptions may include: expected future revenue growth rates, operating profit margins, working capital levels, asset lives used to generate future cash flows, a discount rate, a terminal value multiple, income tax rates and utilization of net operating loss tax carryforwards. These assumptions are developed using current market conditions as well as internal projections. Inherent in our development of cash flow projections for the income approach used in an impairment test are assumptions and estimates derived from a review of our operating results, approved business plans, expected growth, cost of capital and income tax rates. We also make certain assumptions about future economic conditions, applicable interest rates and other market data.

    Accrued Warranty

    We estimate future product failure rates based upon historical product failure trends as well as anticipated future failure rates if believed to be significantly different from historical trends. Similarly, we estimate future costs of repair based upon historical trends and anticipated future costs if they are expected to significantly differ, for example due to negotiated agreements with third parties. We use a consistent model and exercise considerable judgment in determining the underlying estimates. Our model requires an element of subjectivity for all of our products. For example, historical return rates are not completely indicative of future return rates and we must therefore exercise judgment with respect to future deviations from our historical return rates. When actual failure rates differ significantly from our estimates, we record the impact in subsequent periods and update our assumptions and forecasting models accordingly. As our newer products mature, we are able to improve our estimates with respect to these products.



    40


    Income Taxes

    A number of estimates and judgments are necessary to determine deferred tax assets, deferred tax liabilities and valuation allowances.We recognize the benefit from a tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the position would be sustained upon audit based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. The calculation of our tax liabilities requires judgment related to uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as we have to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit and new audit activity.

    We have provided a full valuation allowance against our U.S. net deferred tax assets due to our history of net losses, difficulty in predicting future results and our conclusion that we cannot rely on projections of future taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets. In addition, we have provided a full valuation allowance against certain of our international net deferred tax assets. Due to reorganizations in these jurisdictions, it is unclear whether we will be able to realize a benefit from these deferred tax assets. Also, certain changes in stock ownership could result in a limitation on the amount of net operating loss and tax credit carryovers that can be utilized each year. Should we undergo such a change in stock ownership, it would severely limit the usage of these carryover tax attributes against future income, resulting in additional tax charges.

    Significant management judgment is required in determining our deferred tax assets and liabilities and valuation allowances for purposes of assessing our ability to realize any future benefit from our net deferred tax assets. We intend to maintain this valuation allowance until sufficient evidence exists to support the reversal of the valuation allowance. Future income tax expense will be reduced to the extent that we have sufficient evidence to support a reversal or decrease in this allowance. We also have deferred tax assets and liabilities due to prior business acquisitions with corresponding valuation allowances after assessing our ability to realize any future benefit from these acquired net deferred tax assets.

    Fair Value of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed in a Business Combination

    We use judgment when applying the various accounting principles to measure the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. There are matters that are inherently uncertain when making estimates used to determine fair value where there are not active markets for these assets and liabilities. In addition, different estimates reasonably could be used and changes in the estimate that are reasonably possible could materially impact the resulting valuation and the financial statements. For example, judgments have been required to determine fair values of amortizable intangible assets, in-process research and development and the resulting amount of goodwill. Significant estimates and assumptions we make to estimate fair value of these acquired assets include:

    In addition, the estimated future life of purchased technology intangibles impacts future financial statements. We believe the assumptions and estimates used and the resulting fair values are reasonable.

    ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

    Interest Rate Risk
    Changes in interest rates affect interest income earned on our cash equivalents. In addition, changesequivalents, which consisted solely of money market funds in fiscal 2015 and 2014. During both fiscal 2015 and 2014, interest rates on these funds were under 1.0% and we earned a negligible amount of interest income, thus a hypothetical 100 basis point decrease in interest rates affectwould have an insignificant impact on interest expense onincome.
    We had no outstanding borrowings under the WF credit agreement and in fiscal 2012 affected interest expense on borrowings under the Credit Suisse credit agreement. Ourour convertible subordinated notes have fixed interest rates, thus a hypothetical 100 basis point increase in interest rates would not impact interest expenseexpense.
    Foreign Exchange Risk
    We conduct business in certain international markets, primarily in the European Union. Because we operate in international markets, we have exposure to different economic climates, political arenas, tax systems and regulations that could affect foreign exchange rates. Our primary exposure to foreign currency risk relates to transacting in foreign currency and recording the activity in U.S. dollars. Changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and these other currencies will result in transaction gains or losses, which we recognize in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
    To the extent practicable, we minimize our foreign currency exposures by maintaining natural hedges between our assets and liabilities and revenues and expenses denominated in foreign currencies. Additionally, in fiscal 2015 we entered into a foreign currency option contract to economically hedge euro product revenue exposures. We may enter into foreign exchange derivative contracts or other economic hedges in the future. Our goal in managing our foreign exchange risk is to reduce to the extent practicable our potential exposure to the changes that exchange rates might have on these borrowings.

    Our cash equivalents consisted solelyour earnings. We make a number of money market funds during fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012. During fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, interest rates on these funds were under 1.0%, andestimates in conducting hedging.  In the event those estimates differ significantly from actual results, we earned negligible amounts in interest income.

    could experience greater volatility as a result of our hedges.


    At March 31, 2013 we had no outstanding borrowings with variable interest rates, thus a hypothetical 100 basis point increase in interest rates would not impact interest expense.

    During fiscal 2012, interest accrued on our CS credit agreement at our option, based on either, a prime rate plus a margin

    41


    ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

    INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



    42


    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    To the Board of Directors and
    Stockholders of Quantum Corporation:


    In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive income (loss), of cash flows, and of stockholders'stockholders’ deficit present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Quantum Corporation and its subsidiariesat March 31, 201331,2015 and March 31, 2012,2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 20132015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying indexpresents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidatedfinancial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2013,2015, based on criteria established inInternal Control - Integrated Framework 2013 issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company'sCompany’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in Management'sManagement’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, appearing under Itemitem 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company'sCompany’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

    A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

    Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

    /s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
    Seattle, Washington
    June 7, 201312, 2015



    43



    QUANTUM CORPORATION
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (In thousands, except par value)

    March 31,
    2013
    March 31,
    2012
    Assets
    Current assets:
           Cash and cash equivalents     $      68,976     $      51,261
           Restricted cash3,0234,230
           Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $62 and $217, respectively99,093110,840
           Manufacturing inventories53,07561,111
           Service parts inventories35,36839,050
           Other current assets12,19214,729
                  Total current assets271,727281,221
    Long-term assets:
           Property and equipment, less accumulated depreciation21,45625,440
           Intangible assets, less accumulated amortization12,81326,112
           Goodwill55,61355,613
           Other long-term assets9,5316,962
                  Total long-term assets99,413114,127
    $371,140$395,348
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit
    Current liabilities:
           Accounts payable$47,634$56,304
           Accrued warranty7,5207,586
           Deferred revenue, current91,10893,441
           Accrued restructuring charges4,7561,752
           Accrued compensation30,31131,971
           Other accrued liabilities20,18818,999
                  Total current liabilities201,517210,053
    Long-term liabilities:
           Deferred revenue, long-term38,39336,430
           Long-term debt49,495
           Convertible subordinated debt205,000135,000
           Other long-term liabilities7,81211,050
                  Total long-term liabilities251,205231,975
    Commitments and contingencies
    Stockholders’ deficit:
           Preferred stock:
    Preferred stock, 20,000 shares authorized; no shares issued as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012
           Common stock:
    Common stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; 243,080 and 236,402 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively2,4312,364
                  Capital in excess of par value427,611409,770
                  Accumulated deficit(517,816)(465,397)
                  Accumulated other comprehensive income6,1926,583
    Stockholders’ deficit(81,582)(46,680)
    $371,140$395,348

     March 31, 2015 March 31, 2014
    Assets   
    Current assets:   
    Cash and cash equivalents$67,948
     $99,125
    Restricted cash2,621
     2,760
    Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $27 and $88, respectively124,159
     101,605
    Manufacturing inventories50,274
     34,815
    Service parts inventories24,640
     25,629
    Other current assets12,332
     10,161
    Total current assets281,974
     274,095
    Long-term assets:   
    Property and equipment, less accumulated depreciation14,653
     17,574
    Intangible assets, less accumulated amortization731
     3,911
    Goodwill55,613
     55,613
    Other long-term assets5,784
     10,605
    Total long-term assets76,781
     87,703
     $358,755
     $361,798
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit   
    Current liabilities:   
    Accounts payable$54,367
     $41,792
    Accrued warranty4,219
     6,116
    Deferred revenue, current95,899
     98,098
    Accrued restructuring charges, current3,855
     4,345
    Convertible subordinated debt, current83,735
     
    Accrued compensation35,414
     25,036
    Other accrued liabilities20,740
     15,168
    Total current liabilities298,229
     190,555
    Long-term liabilities:   
    Deferred revenue, long-term39,532
     40,054
    Accrued restructuring charges, long-term991
     4,023
    Convertible subordinated debt, long-term70,000
     203,735
    Other long-term liabilities10,441
     10,831
    Total long-term liabilities120,964
     258,643
    Commitments and contingencies
     
    Stockholders’ deficit:
     
    Preferred stock:   
    Preferred stock, 20,000 shares authorized; no shares issued as of March 31, 2015 and 2014
     
    Common stock:   
    Common stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; 258,208 and 250,410   
     shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2014, respectively2,582
     2,504
    Capital in excess of par456,411
     443,547
    Accumulated deficit(523,311) (540,071)
    Accumulated other comprehensive income3,880
     6,620
    Stockholders’ deficit(60,438) (87,400)
     $358,755
     $361,798
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


    44




    QUANTUM CORPORATION
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (In thousands, except per share data)

    For the year ended March 31,
    201320122011
    Product revenue     $     399,043      $     451,340      $     456,903
    Service revenue144,037144,364151,095
    Royalty revenue44,49256,66664,272
           Total revenue587,572652,370672,270
    Product cost of revenue267,274290,376294,375
    Service cost of revenue79,64788,45994,311
    Restructuring charges (benefit) related to cost of revenue(300)602
           Total cost of revenue346,921378,535389,288
                  Gross margin240,651273,835282,982
    Operating expenses:
           Research and development73,96074,36573,008
           Sales and marketing137,041130,938122,768
           General and administrative62,17962,91059,460
           Restructuring charges10,1711,9303,042
                  Total operating expenses283,351270,143258,278
    Gain on sale of patents1,500
                  Income (loss) from operations(42,700)5,19224,704
    Other income and expense(216)(118)1,199
    Interest expense(8,342)(10,686)(20,163)
    Loss on debt extinguishment(2,310)(1,186)
                  Income (loss) before income taxes(51,258)(7,922)4,554
    Income tax provision1,16188713
                  Net income (loss)$(52,419)$(8,809)$4,541
     
    Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share$(0.22)$(0.04)$0.02
     
    Weighted average shares:
           Basic239,855232,599220,888
           Diluted239,855232,599229,738
     For the year ended March 31,
     2015 2014 2013
    Product revenue$355,579
     $348,318
     $398,910
    Service revenue155,674
     147,199
     144,037
    Royalty revenue41,842
     57,648
     44,492
    Total revenue553,095
     553,165
     587,439
    Product cost of revenue237,679
     237,076
     267,274
    Service cost of revenue70,730
     75,930
     79,604
    Restructuring charges related to cost of revenue
     539
     
    Total cost of revenue308,409
     313,545
     346,878
    Gross margin244,686
     239,620
     240,561
    Operating expenses:     
    Research and development58,618
     64,375
     73,960
    Sales and marketing113,954
     118,771
     136,873
    General and administrative56,513
     57,865
     62,017
    Restructuring charges1,666
     10,675
     10,171
    Total operating expenses230,751
     251,686
     283,021
    Gain on sale of assets462
     267
     
    Income (loss) from operations14,397
     (11,799) (42,460)
    Other income and expense13,836
     1,296
     (216)
    Interest expense(9,460) (9,754) (8,342)
    Loss on debt extinguishment(1,295) 
     
    Income (loss) before income taxes17,478

    (20,257)
    (51,018)
    Income tax provision718
     1,217
     1,161
    Net income (loss)$16,760
     $(21,474) $(52,179)
          
    Basic net income (loss) per share$0.07
     $(0.09) $(0.22)
    Diluted net income (loss) per share0.06
     (0.09) (0.22)
          
    Weighted average shares:     
    Basic254,665
     247,024
     239,855
    Diluted260,027
     247,024
     239,855

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.



    45


    QUANTUM CORPORATION
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
    (In thousands)

    For the year ended March 31,
    201320122011
    Net income (loss)     $     (52,419)     $     (8,809)     $     4,541
           Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes:
                  Foreign currency translation adjustments(583)(513)1,083
    Net unrealized gain (loss) on revaluation of long-term intercompany balances, net of taxes of $51, $(52) and $(37), respectively192(197)(139)
           Total other comprehensive income (loss)(391)(710)944
                        Total comprehensive income (loss)$(52,810)$(9,519)$5,485
     For the year ended March 31,
     2015 2014 2013
    Net income (loss)$16,760
     $(21,474) $(52,179)
    Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes:     
    Foreign currency translation adjustments(3,490) 679
     (583)
    Net unrealized gain (loss) on revaluation of long-term intercompany balances, net of taxes of $200, $(67) and $51, respectively750
     (251) 192
    Total other comprehensive income (loss)(2,740) 428
     (391)
    Total comprehensive income (loss)$14,020
     $(21,046) $(52,570)

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.



    46


    QUANTUM CORPORATION
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    (In thousands)

    For the year ended March 31,
    201320122011
    Cash flows from operating activities:
           Net income (loss)     $     (52,419)     $     (8,809)     $     4,541
           Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                  Depreciation12,41311,77411,657
                  Amortization14,64623,10130,304
                  Service parts lower of cost or market adjustment10,08110,73613,796
                  Loss on debt extinguishment2,3101,186
                  Deferred income taxes(142)(1,280)(184)
                  Share-based compensation15,13913,73710,421
                  Other non-cash writeoffs302
                  Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisition:
                         Accounts receivable11,7474,134(14,935)
                         Manufacturing inventories(2,098)(21,373)(1,460)
                         Service parts inventories3,7353,6421,955
                         Accounts payable(8,630)4,107(1,466)
                         Accrued warranty(66)5521,150
                         Deferred revenue(370)8,073(3,876)
                         Accrued restructuring charges3,009(2,284)227
                         Accrued compensation(1,452)810(302)
                         Other assets and liabilities2,142(3,570)(989)
    Net cash provided by operating activities7,73545,66052,327
    Cash flows from investing activities:
                  Purchases of property and equipment(10,099)(11,414)(12,339)
                  (Increase) decrease in restricted cash1,113(2,505)32
                  Purchase of other investments(2,169)
                  Return of principal from other investments247972,204
                  Payment for business acquisition, net of cash acquired(8,152)
    Net cash used in investing activities(10,908)(21,974)(10,103)
    Cash flows from financing activities:
                  Borrowings of long-term debt, net48,535
                  Repayments of long-term debt(49,495)(104,334)(203,449)
                  Borrowings of convertible subordinated debt, net67,701130,022
                  Repayments of convertible subordinated debt(22,099)
                  Payment of taxes due upon vesting of restricted stock(2,036)(2,944)(2,307)
                  Proceeds from issuance of common stock4,80510,39016,547
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities20,975(48,353)(81,286)
    Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents(87)(82)125
                  Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents17,715(24,749)(38,937)
    Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period51,26176,010114,947
    Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$68,976$51,261$76,010
    Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
                  Fair value of common stock issued for business combination$$2,767$
                  Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable3541,902
    Cash paid during the year for:
                  Interest5,6728,26616,478
                  Income taxes, net of refunds2,5961,8571,868
     For the year ended March 31,
     2015 2014 2013
    Cash flows from operating activities:     
    Net income (loss)$16,760
     $(21,474) $(52,179)
    Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:     
    Depreciation8,281
     10,713
     12,413
    Amortization of intangible assets3,697
     8,902
     13,299
    Amortization and write off of debt issuance costs1,896
     1,634
     1,347
    Service parts lower of cost or market adjustment3,698
     11,307
     10,081
    Deferred income taxes(160) 36
     (142)
    Share-based compensation11,583
     13,459
     15,139
    Gain on sale of assets(462) 
     
    Gain on sale of other investments(13,574) 
     
    Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisition:     
    Accounts receivable(22,554) (4,770) 11,880
    Manufacturing inventories(19,688) 13,352
     (2,098)
    Service parts inventories(1,010) 2,675
     3,735
    Accounts payable12,849
     (5,881) (8,630)
    Accrued warranty(1,897) (1,404) (66)
    Deferred revenue(2,721) 8,651
     (370)
    Accrued restructuring charges(3,548) 3,619
     3,009
    Accrued compensation11,318
     (6,140) (1,663)
    Other assets and liabilities1,566
     795
     1,980
    Net cash provided by operating activities6,034
     35,474
     7,735
    Cash flows from investing activities:     
    Purchases of property and equipment(3,241) (5,957) (10,099)
    Proceeds from sale of assets462
     
     
    Change in restricted cash(250) 426
     1,113
    Purchases of other investments(22) (1,118) (2,169)
    Return of principal from other investments112
     
     247
    Proceeds from sale of other investments15,097
     
     
    Payment for business acquisition, net of cash acquired(517) 
     
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities11,641
     (6,649) (10,908)
    Cash flows from financing activities:     
    Repayments of long-term debt
     
     (49,495)
    Borrowings of convertible subordinated debt, net
     
     67,701
    Repayments of convertible subordinated debt(50,000) (1,265) 
    Payment of taxes due upon vesting of restricted stock(2,378) (1,880) (2,036)
    Proceeds from issuance of common stock3,737
     4,430
     4,805
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities(48,641) 1,285
     20,975
    Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents(211) 39
     (87)
    Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents(31,177) 30,149
     17,715
    Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period99,125
     68,976
     51,261
    Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$67,948
     $99,125
     $68,976
    Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:     
    Proceeds from sale of other investments included in other assets$1,564
     $
     $
    Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable429
     649
     354
    Cash paid during the year for:     
    Interest8,498
     8,247
     5,672
    Income taxes, net of refunds750
     574
     2,596

    47


    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.



    48


    QUANTUM CORPORATION
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
    (In thousands)

    Common StockCapital
    in Excess of

    Par Value
    Accumulated
    Deficit
    Accumulated
    Other
    Comprehensive

    Income
    SharesAmountTotal
    Balances as of March 31, 2010  214,946$    2,149$    361,374$    (461,129)$6,349$    (91,257)
    Net income                4,541        4,541
    Foreign currency translation adjustments1,0831,083
    Net unrealized loss on revaluation of long-term intercompany balance, net of tax of $(37)(139)(139)
    Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan3,234323,9123,944
    Shares issued under employee stock incentive plans, net9,1319210,20410,296
    Share-based compensation expense10,42110,421
    Balances as of March 31, 2011227,3112,273385,911(456,588)           7,293(61,111)
    Net loss(8,809)(8,809)
    Foreign currency translation adjustments(513)(513)
    Net unrealized loss on revaluation of long-term intercompany balance, net of tax of $(52)(197)(197)
    Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan3,036315,0125,043
    Shares issued under employee stock incentive plans, net5,084512,3522,403
    Shares issued in connection with business acquisition97192,7582,767
    Share-based compensation expense13,73713,737
    Balances as of March 31, 2012236,4022,364409,770(465,397)6,583(46,680)
    Net loss(52,419)(52,419)
    Foreign currency translation adjustments(583)(583)
    Net unrealized gain on revaluation of long-term intercompany balance, net of tax of $51192192
    Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan3,783384,4024,440
    Shares issued under employee stock incentive plans, net2,89529(1,700)(1,671)
    Share-based compensation expense15,13915,139
    Balances as of March 31, 2013243,080$2,431$427,611$(517,816)$6,192$(81,582)
     Common Stock 
    Capital
    in Excess of
    Par Value
     
    Accumulated
    Deficit
     
    Accumulated
    Other
    Comprehensive
    Income
     Total
     Shares Amount 
    Balances as of March 31, 2012236,402
     $2,364
     $409,770
     $(466,418) $6,583
     $(47,701)
    Net loss
     
     
     (52,179) 
     (52,179)
    Foreign currency translation adjustments
     
     
     
     (583) (583)
    Net unrealized gain on revaluation of long-term
    intercompany balance, net of tax of $51

     
     
     
     192
     192
    Shares issued under employee stock
    purchase plan
    3,783
     38
     4,402
     
     
     4,440
    Shares issued under employee stock incentive
    plans, net
    2,895
     29
     (1,700) 
     
     (1,671)
    Share-based compensation expense
     
     15,139
     
     
     15,139
    Balances as of March 31, 2013243,080
     2,431
     427,611
     (518,597) 6,192
     (82,363)
    Net loss
     
     
     (21,474) 
     (21,474)
    Foreign currency translation adjustments
     
     
     
     679
     679
    Net unrealized loss on revaluation of long-term
    intercompany balance, net of tax of $(67)

     
     
     
     (251) (251)
    Shares issued under employee stock
    purchase plan
    3,220
     32
     3,424
     
     
     3,456
    Shares issued under employee stock incentive
    plans, net
    4,110
     41
     (947) 
     
     (906)
    Share-based compensation expense
     
     13,459
     
     
     13,459
    Balances as of March 31, 2014250,410
     2,504
     443,547
     (540,071) 6,620
     (87,400)
    Net income
     
     
     16,760
     
     16,760
    Foreign currency translation adjustments
     
     
     
     (3,490) (3,490)
    Net unrealized gain on revaluation of long-term
    intercompany balance, net of tax of $200

     
     
     
     750
     750
    Shares issued under employee stock
    purchase plan
    2,790
     28
     2,865
     
     
     2,893
    Shares issued under employee stock incentive
    plans, net
    5,008
     50
     (1,584) 
     
     (1,534)
    Share-based compensation expense
     
     11,583
     
     
     11,583
    Balances as of March 31, 2015258,208
     $2,582
     $456,411
     $(523,311) $3,880
     $(60,438)

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.



    49

    QUANTUM CORPORATION

    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS




    NOTE 1: BASIS OF PRESENTATION

    Quantum Corporation (“Quantum”, the “Company”, “us” or “we”), founded in 1980, is a globalleading expert in scale-out storage, archive and data protection, providing solutions for capturing, sharing, transforming and bigpreserving digital assets over the entire data management.lifecycle. Our customers, ranging from small businesses to large/multi-national enterprises, trust us to address their most demanding content workflow challenges. We provide solutions for storing and protecting information in physical, virtual cloud and big datacloud environments that are designed to help customers be certainBe Certain they are maximizinghave an end-to-end storage foundation to maximize the value of their data over its entire lifecycle. With our solutions, customers can better adapt in a world of continuing change by keepingmaking it accessible whenever and protecting more data for a longer period of time whilewherever needed, retaining indefinitely and reducing coststotal cost and increasing return on investment.complexity. We work closely with a broad network of distributors, value-added resellers (“VARs”), direct marketing resellers (“DMRs”), original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and other suppliers to meet customers’ evolving data protection and big data management needs. Our stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol QTM.

    The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Quantum and our wholly-owned subsidiaries. On June 13, 2011, we acquired Pancetera Software, Inc. (“Pancetera”), and Pancetera’s results of operations are included in our Consolidated Statements of Operations from that date. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Several prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Deferred income taxes in current assets has been reclassified into other current assets. Amortizable intangible assets, less accumulated amortization and in-process research and development have been combined and reclassified into intangible assets, less accumulated amortization. Income taxes payable has been reclassified into other accrued liabilities, and deferred income taxes in long-term liabilities has been reclassified into other long-term liabilities. In addition, in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows prior period income taxes payable has been reclassified into other assets and liabilities to conform to current period presentation. These reclassifications had no impact on total assets, income (loss) from operations, net income (loss) or net cash provided by operating activities.

    The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the U.S. requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the period. We base estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions about the future that are believed to be reasonable based on available information. Our reported financial position or results of operations may be materially different under different conditions or when using different estimates and assumptions, particularly with respect to significant accounting policies, which are discussed below. In the event that estimates or assumptions prove to differ from actual results, adjustments are made in the current period to reflect this current information.

    NOTE 2: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    Revenue Recognition

    Revenue consists of sales of hardware, software and services, as well as royalties we earn for the license of certain intellectual property. Revenue is recognized from the sale of products and services when it is realized or realizable and earned. Revenue is considered realized and earned when: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and when collectibilitycollectability is reasonably assured. Royalty revenue is recognized when earned or amounts can be reasonably estimated.

    Multiple Element Arrangements
    We enter into sales arrangements with customers that contain multiple deliverables such as hardware, software and services, and these arrangements require assessment of each deliverable to determine its estimated selling price. Additionally, we use judgment in order to determine the appropriate timing of revenue recognition and to assess whether any software and non-software components function together to deliver a tangible product’s essential functionality in order to ensure the arrangement is properly accounted for as software or hardware revenue. The majority of our products are hardware products which contain software essential to the overall functionality of the product. Hardware products are generally sold with customer field support agreements.
    For arrangements with multiple elements, arrangement consideration is first allocated between software (consisting of nonessential and stand-alone software) and non-software deliverables on a relative fair value basis.
    Arrangement consideration in such multiple element transactions is allocated to each non-software element based on the fair value hierarchy, where the selling price for an element is based on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), if available; third-party evidence (“TPE”), if VSOE is not available; or the best estimate of selling price (“BESP”), if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. For BESP, we consider our discounting and internal pricing practices.
    For software deliverables, we allocate revenue between multiple elements based on software revenue recognition guidance, which requires revenue earned on software arrangements involving multiple elements to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair values of those elements. The fair value of an element must be based on VSOE. Where fair value of delivered elements is not available, revenue is recognized on the “residual method” based on the fair value of undelivered elements. If evidence of fair value of one or more undelivered elements does not exist, all revenue is deferred and recognized at the earlier of the delivery of those elements or the establishment of fair value of the remaining undelivered elements.

    50


    Product Revenue — Hardware

    Revenue for hardware products sold to distributors, VARs, DMRs, OEMs and end users is generally recognized upon shipment. When significant post-delivery obligations exist, the related revenue is deferred until such obligations are fulfilled. If there are customer acceptance criteria in the contract, we recognize revenue upon end user acceptance, which typically occurs after delivery and installation are completed.

    acceptance.

    In the period revenue is recognized, allowances are provided for estimated future price adjustments, such as rebates, price protection and future product returns. These allowances are based on programs in existence at the time revenue is recognized, plans regarding future price adjustments, the customers’ master agreements and historical product return rates. Since we have historically been able to reliably estimate the amount of allowances required, we recognize revenue, net of projected allowances, upon shipment to our customers. If we were unable to reliably estimate the amount of revenue adjustments in any specific reporting period, then we would be required to defer recognition of the revenue until the rights had lapsed and we were no longer under any obligation to reduce the price or accept the return of the product.



    Product Revenue — Software

    Software revenue is generally recognized upon shipment or electronic delivery and when vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of fair value for undelivered elements exists.

    For software arrangements with multiple elements, the residual method is used to determine the amount of productproducts, we generally recognize revenue to be recognized. Under the residual method, the VSOE of fair value for the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portionupon delivery of the arrangement consideration is recognized as product revenue, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria of appropriate revenue guidance have been met.software. Revenue from post-contract customer support agreements, which entitle software customers to both telephone support and any unspecified upgrades and enhancements during the term of the agreement, is classified as product revenue and recognized ratably over the term of the support agreement.

    We license certain software to customers under licensing agreements that allow those customers to embed our software into specific products they offer. As consideration, licensees pay us a fee based on the amount of sales of their products that incorporate our software. On a periodic and timely basis, the licensees provide us with reports listing their sales to end users for which they owe us license fees. As the reports substantiate delivery has occurred, we recognize revenue based on the information in these reports or when amounts can be reasonably estimated.

    Service Revenue

    Revenue for service is generally recognized upon services being rendered. Service revenue primarily consists of customer field support agreements for our hardware products, installation, professional services and out-of-warranty repairs.products. For customer field support agreements, revenue equal to the separately stated price of these service contracts for our hardware products is initially deferred and recognized as revenue ratably over the contract period. Installation and professional services are not considered essential to the functionality of our products as these services do not alter the product capabilities, do not require specialized skills and may be performed by our customers or other vendors. Installation and professional services are recognized upon completion. Out-of-warranty repair revenue is recognized upon completion of the repair.

    Royalty Revenue

    We license certain intellectual property to third party manufacturers under arrangements that are represented by master contracts. The master contracts give the third party manufacturers rights to the intellectual property which include allowing them to either manufacture or include the intellectual property in products for resale. As consideration, the licensees pay us a per-unit royalty for sales of their products that incorporate our intellectual property. On a periodic and timely basis, the licensees provide us with reports listing units sold to end users subject to the royalties. As the reports substantiate delivery has occurred, we recognize revenue based on the information in these reports or when amounts can be reasonably estimated.

    Multiple Element Arrangements

    For multiple deliverable revenue arrangements with customers which are not subject to software revenue guidance, we separate the deliverables based on specific criteria, assign an estimated selling price to each deliverable based on the selling price hierarchy using VSOE, third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) or estimated selling price (“ESP”) and allocate the total arrangement consideration using the relative selling price method. When VSOE cannot be established we attempt to establish the selling price of each element based on TPE. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for largely interchangeable products when sold separately. When we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use ESP. For ESP, we consider our discounting and internal pricing practices. Additionally, for certain transactions we evaluate whether any undelivered elements are essential to the functionality of the delivered elements in order to determine the appropriate timing of revenue recognition. If specific criteria are not met, the arrangement is accounted for as one unitof accounting which results in revenue being deferred until the earlier of when such criteria are met, when the last undelivered element is delivered or ratably over the contract term as appropriate.



    Service Cost of Revenue

    We classify expenses as service cost of revenue by estimating the portion of our total cost of revenue that relates to providing field support to our customers under contract, installation, integration and repair services.contract. These estimates are based upon a variety of factors, including the nature of the support activity and the level of infrastructure required to support the activities from which we earn service revenue. In the event our service business changes, our estimates of cost of service revenue may be impacted. Service cost of revenue excludes costs associated with basic warranty support on new products.

    Shipping and Handling Fees

    Shipping and handling fees are included in cost of revenue and were $16.0$12.3 million, $20.3$13.6 million and $22.2$16.0 million in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

    Research and Development Costs

    Expenditures relating to the development of new products and processes are expensed as incurred. These costs include expenditures for employee compensation, materials used in the development effort, other internal costs, as well as expenditures for third party professional services. We have determined that technological feasibility for our software products is reached shortly before the products are released to manufacturing. Costs incurred after technological feasibility is established have not been material. We expense software-related research and development costs as incurred.


    51


    Advertising Expense

    We expense advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 2012was $7.6 million, $8.4 million and 2011 was $8.2 million, $4.3 million and $5.0 million, respectively.

    Restructuring Charges

    In recent periods and over the past several years, we have recorded significant restructuring charges related to the realignment and restructuring of our business operations. These charges represent expenses incurred in connection with strategic planning, certain cost reduction programs and acquisition integrations that we have implemented and consist of the cost of involuntary termination benefits, facilities charges, asset write-offs and other costs of exiting activities or geographies.

    The charges for involuntary termination costs and associated expenses often require the use of estimates, primarily related to the number of employees to be paid severance and the amounts to be paid, largely based on years of service and statutory requirements. Assumptions to estimate facility exit costs include the ability to secure sublease income largely based on market conditions, the likelihood and amounts of a negotiated settlement for contractual lease obligations and other exit costs. Other estimates for restructuring charges consist of the realizable value of assets including associated disposal costs and termination fees with third parties for other contractual commitments.

    Share-Based Compensation

    The majority of our share-based awards are measured based on the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant, We account for share-based compensation usinguse the Black-Scholes stock option pricing model to estimate the fair value of share-basedstock option awards at the date of grant. TheFor awards that contain market conditions, we use a Monte-Carlo simulation model to estimate the fair value of share-based awards. Both the Black-Scholes model requiresand Monte-Carlo models require the use of highly subjective assumptions, including expected life, expected volatility and expected risk-free rate of return. Other reasonable assumptions in either model could provide differing results. We calculate a forfeiture rate to estimate the share-based awards that will ultimately vest based on types of awards and historical experience. Additionally, for awards which are performance based, we make estimates as to the probability of the underlying performance being achieved.



    Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

    Assets, liabilities and operations of foreign offices and subsidiaries are recorded based on the functional currency of the entity. For a majority of our foreign operations, the functional currency is the U.S. dollar. The assets and liabilities of foreign offices with a local functional currency are translated, for consolidation purposes, at current exchange rates from the local currency to the reporting currency, the U.S. dollar. The resulting gains or losses are reported as a component of other comprehensive income. Foreign exchange gains and losses from changes in the exchange rates underlying intercompany balances that are of a long-term investment nature are also reported as a component of other comprehensive income. Assets and liabilities denominated in other than the functional currency are remeasured each month with the remeasurement gain or loss recorded in other income and expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Foreign currency gains and losses recorded in other income and expense were a $0.5$0.2 million lossgain in fiscal 2013, a $0.1 million loss in fiscal 2012 and2015, a $0.3 million gain in fiscal 2011.

    2014 and a $0.5 million loss in fiscal 2013.

    Derivative Instruments
    Derivative instruments are carried at fair value on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The fair values of the derivative financial instruments generally represent the estimated amounts we would expect to receive or pay upon termination of the contracts as of the reporting date. We did not hold any material derivative instruments during fiscal 2015, 2014 or 2013. 

    52


    Income Taxes

    We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities due to the effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. We also reduce deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

    We recognize the benefit from a tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the position would be sustained upon audit based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. The calculation of our tax liabilities requires judgment related to uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as we have to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit and new audit activity. A change in recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional tax charge to the provision.

    We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in the income tax provision in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. To the extent accrued interest and penalties do not become payable, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision in the period that such determination is made.

    Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash and Other Investments

    We consider all highly liquid debt instruments with a maturity of 90 days or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are carried at fair value, which approximates their cost.

    Restricted cash is comprised of bank guarantees and similar required minimum balancesthatbalances that serve as cash collateral in connection with various items including insurance requirements, value added taxes, ongoing tax audits and leases in certain countries.

    Investments in private technology venture limited partnerships are currently accounted for using the equity method because these investments individually represent voting ownership interests of less than 20%.we are deemed to have influence. Ownership interests in these limited partnerships are accounted for under the equity method unless our interest is so minor (typically less than 5%) that we have virtually no influence over the partnership operating and financial policies, in which case the cost method is used.

    Investments in other privately held companies are accounted for under the cost method unless we hold a significant stake. We review non-marketable equity investments on a regular basis to determine if there has been any impairment of value which is other than temporary by reviewing their financial information, gaining knowledge of any new financing or other business agreements and assessing their operating viability. In fiscal 2015, we sold our investment in a privately held company that was accounted for under the cost method and recorded a $13.6 million gain in other income and expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Investments in non-marketable equity investments are recorded in other long-term assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

    Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

    We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and, for the majority of our customers, require no collateral. For customers that do not meet our credit standards, we often require a form of collateral, such as cash deposits or letters of credit, prior to the completion of a transaction. These credit evaluations require significant judgment and are based on multiple sources of information. We analyze such factors as our historical bad debt experience, industry and geographic concentrations of credit risk, current economic trends and changes in customer payment terms. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experience and expected collectibilitycollectability of outstanding accounts receivable. We record bad debt expense in general and administrative expenses.



    Manufacturing Inventories

    Our manufacturing inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost computed on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis. Adjustments to reduce the cost of manufacturing inventory to its net realizable value, if required, are made for estimated excess, obsolete or impaired balances. Factors influencing these adjustments include declines in demand, rapid technological changes, product life cycle and development plans, component cost trends, product pricing, physical deterioration and quality issues. Revisions to these adjustments would be required if these factors differ from our estimates.


    53


    Service Parts Inventories

    Our service parts inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. We carry service parts because we generally provide product warranty for 1one to 3three years and earn revenue by providing enhanced and extended warranty and repair service during and beyond this warranty period. Service parts inventories consist of both component parts, which are primarily used to repair defective units, and finished units, which are provided for customer use permanently or on a temporary basis while the defective unit is being repaired. Defective parts returned from customers that can be repaired are repaired and put back into service parts inventories at their faircurrent carrying value. We record adjustments to reduce the carrying value of service parts inventory to its net realizable value, and we dispose of parts with no use and a net realizable value of zero. Factors influencing these adjustments include product life cycles, end of service life plans and volume of enhanced or extended warranty service contracts. Estimates of net realizable value involve significant estimates and judgments about the future, and revisions would be required if these factors differ from our estimates.

    Property and Equipment

    Property and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

    Machinery and equipment3 to 5 years
    Computer equipment3 to 5 years
    ERP software10 years
    Other software3 years
    Furniture and fixtures5 years
    Other office equipment5 years
    Leasehold improvementsLife of lease

    Amortizable Intangible and Other Long-lived Assets

    We review the useful lifelives of amortizable intangible and other long-lived assets (“long-lived assets”) quarterly and review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. The company operates as a single reporting unit for business and operating purposes, and our impairment evaluation also treats the company as a single asset group. Impairment indicators we consider include a significant decrease in the market price of our long-lived asset group, adverse changes in the extent or manner in which our long-lived assets are being used, adverse changes in the business climate that could affect the value of our long-lived assets, a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses or a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the use of our long-lived assets and an expectation that it is more likely than not our long-lived assets will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of their previously estimated useful life. If we identify impairment indicators, we evaluate recoverability using an undiscounted cash flow approach. Estimates of future cash flows incorporate company forecasts and our expectations of future use of our long-lived assets, and these factors are impacted by market conditions. If impairment is indicated, an impairment charge is recorded to write the long-lived assets down to their estimated fair value.



    54


    Goodwill

    We evaluate goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, or more frequently when indicators of impairment are present. We operate as a single reporting unit and consider the company as a whole when reviewing impairment factors. In addition to comparing the carrying value of the reporting unit to its fair value, because we have negative book value, we perform a qualitative analysis to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying amount. Some of the impairment indicators we consider include significant differences between the carrying amount and the estimated fair value of our assets and liabilities; macroeconomic conditions such as a deterioration in general economic condition or limitations on accessing capital; industry and market considerations such as a deterioration in the environment in which we operate and an increased competitive environment; cost factors such as increases in raw materials, labor, or other costs that have a negative effect on earnings and cash flows; overall financial performance such as negative or declining cash flows or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods; other relevant events such as litigation, changes in management, key personnel, strategy or customers; the testing for recoverability of our long-lived assets and a sustained decrease in share price. We evaluate the significance of identified events and circumstances on the basis of the weight of evidence along with how they could affect the relationship between the reporting unit's fair value and carrying amount, including positive mitigating events and circumstances. If we determine it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying amount, then a second step is performed to quantify the amount of goodwill impairment. If impairment is indicated, a goodwill impairment charge is recorded to write the goodwill down to its implied fair value.

    Accrued Warranty

    We generally warrant our hardware products against certain defects for periods ranging from 1 to 3 years from the date of sale. Our tape automation systems, disk backup systems and disk systemsscale-out storage solutions may carry service agreements with customers that choose to extend or upgrade the warranty service. We provide repair services from our facility in Colorado Springs, Colorado as well as multiple third party providers inside and outside of the U.S. We use a combination of internal resources and third party service providers to supply field service and support. We continue to evaluate repair sites, and any resulting actions taken may affect the future costs of repair. If the actual costs were to differ significantly from our estimates, we would record the impact of these unforeseen costs or cost reductions in subsequent periods.

    We estimate future failure rates based upon historical product failure trends as well as anticipated future failure rates if believed to be significantly different from historical trends. Similarly, we estimate future costs of repair based upon historical trends and anticipated future costs if they are expected to significantly differ, for example due to negotiated agreements with third parties. We use a consistent model and exercise considerable judgment in determining the underlying estimates. Our model requires an element of subjectivity for all of our products. For example, historical rates of return are not completely indicative of future return rates and we must therefore exercise judgment with respect to future deviations from our historical return rate. When actual failure rates differ significantly from our estimates, we record the impact in subsequent periods and update our assumptions and forecasting models accordingly. As our newer products mature, we are able to improve our estimates with respect to these products. It is reasonably likely that assumptions will be updated for failure rates and, therefore, our accrued warranty estimate could change in the future.

    Business Combinations

    We allocate the purchase price paid to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. Any excess purchase price above the identified net tangible and intangible assets and assumed liabilities is allocated to goodwill. We consider fair value to be the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We estimate fair value using the fair value hierarchy for the tangible and intangible assets acquired as well as liabilities and contingencies assumed from the acquired company.

    Common Stock Repurchases

    During fiscal 2000, the Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase up to $700 million of our common stock in open market or private transactions. As of March 31, 20132015 and 2012,2014, there was $87.9 million remaining on our authorization to repurchase Quantum common stock. Our ability to repurchase our common stock is restricted unless we meet certain thresholds under the terms of theour Wells Fargo credit agreement (“WF credit agreement”).

    agreement.


    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

    We use exit prices, that is the price to sell an asset or transfer a liability, to measure assets and liabilities that are within the scope of the fair value measurements guidance. We classify these assets and liabilities based on the following fair value hierarchy:

    Level 1:Quoted (observable) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

    55


    Level 2:Observable inputs other than Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
    Level 3:Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

    The assets measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis consist of money market funds which are valued using quoted market prices at the respective balance sheet dates and are level 1 fair value measurements (in thousands):

    As of March 31,
    2013     2012
    Money market funds$     32,394$     37,776

     As of March 31,
     2015 2014
    Money market funds$34,278
     $93,077

    We have certain non-financial assets that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis when there is an indicator of impairment, and they are recorded at fair value only when an impairment is recognized. These assets include property and equipment, amortizable intangible assets in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) and goodwill. We did not record impairments to any non-financial assets in fiscal 20132015 or fiscal 2012.2014. We do not have any non-financial liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

    We have

    Our financial liabilities for which we are obligated to repay the carrying value, unless the holder agrees to a lesser amount.were comprised primarily of convertible subordinated debt at March 31, 2015 and 2014. The carrying value and fair value of these financial liabilitiesbased on quoted market prices in less active markets (level 2 fair value measurement) were as follows (in thousands):

         As of March 31,
    2013     2012
    Carrying Value     Fair ValueCarrying Value     Fair Value
    Convertible subordinated debt(1)$     205,000$     194,639$     135,000$     136,350
    Senior secured revolving debt(2)49,49549,495
    ____________________
    (1)Fair value based on quoted market prices (level 1).
    (2)Fair value based on outstanding borrowings and market interest rates (level 2).

     As of March 31,
     2015 2014
     Carrying Value Fair Value Carrying Value Fair Value
    Convertible subordinated debt$153,735
     $166,551
     $203,735
     $203,820
    Risks and Uncertainties

    As is typical in the information storage industry, a significant portion of our customer base is concentrated among a small number of OEMs, distributors and large VARs. The loss of any one of our more significant customers, or a significant decrease in the sales volume with one of these significant customers, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, if there is a downturn in general economic conditions, the resulting effect on IT spending could also have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. We also face risks and uncertainties since our competitors in one area may be customers or suppliers in another.

    A limited number of products comprise a significant majority of our sales, and due to increasingly rapid technological change in the industry, our future operating results depend on our ability to develop and successfully introduce new products.



    Concentration of Credit Risk

    We currently invest our excess cash in deposits with major banks and in money market funds. In the past, we have also held investments in short-term debt securities of companies with strong credit ratings from a variety of industries, and we may make investments in these securities in the future. We have not experienced any material losses on these investments and limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer and to any one type of investment.

    We sell products to customers in a wide variety of industries on a worldwide basis. In countries or industries where we are exposed to material credit risk, we may require collateral, including cash deposits and letters of credit, prior to the completion of a transaction. We do not believe we have significant credit risk beyond that provided for in the financial statements in the ordinary course of business.

    Sales to our top five customers represented 31% of revenue in fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 and 32% of revenue in fiscal 2013 compared to 34% of revenue in fiscal 2012 and 33% of revenue in fiscal 2011.2013. We had no customers that comprised 10% or greater of revenue in fiscal 20132015, fiscal 2014 or fiscal 2012. Sales to our largest customer, Dell Inc. (“Dell”), were 10%2013.

    56


    Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
    In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2013-11, 

    Intangibles — Goodwill and OtherIncome Taxes (Topic 350)740): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for ImpairmentPresentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (“ASU 2012-02”2013-11”). ASU 2012-02 provides entities the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not an indefinite-lived asset is impaired, similar to the goodwill impairment testing guidance. If2013-11 requires an entity determinesto present an unrecognized tax benefit as a reduction of a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward, or similar tax loss or tax credit carryforward, rather than as a liability when (1) the fair valueuncertain tax position would reduce the NOL or other carryforward under the tax law of the indefinite-livedapplicable jurisdiction and (2) the entity intends to use the deferred tax asset isfor that purpose. ASU 2013-11 does not more likely than not impaired, then no additional testing is required.require new recurring disclosures. ASU 2012-02 also provides examples of changes in events and circumstances that an entity should consider for impairment indicators in interim periods. ASU 2012-022013-11 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after SeptemberDecember 15, 2012 and may be early adopted.2013. We early adopted ASU 2012-022013-11 prospectively in the fourthfirst quarter of fiscal 2013 and adoption2015. Adoption did not impact our statements of financial position or results of operations.

    Recent Accounting Pronouncements

    In March 2013,May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards BoardFASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“FASB”ASU 2014-09”) issued Accounting Standards Update 2013-05,Foreign Currency Matters (Topic 830): Parent’s Accounting for. ASU 2014-09 requires entities to recognize revenue through the Cumulative Translation Adjustment uponDerecognitionapplication of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity (a consensusfive-step model, which includes identification of the contract, identification of the performance obligations, determination of the transaction price, allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations and recognition of revenue as the entity satisfies the performance obligations. ASU 2014-09 will become effective for us beginning April 1, 2017, or fiscal 2018. We are currently evaluating the guidance to determine the potential impact on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

    In August 2014, the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force)issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements – Going Concern (Topic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (“ASU 2013-05”2014-15”). ASU 2013-05 clarifies2014-15 requires that whenmanagement assess an entity’s ability to continue as a parent reporting entity ceasesgoing concern by incorporating and expanding upon certain principles that are currently in U.S. auditing standards. ASU 2014-15 is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. We plan to haveadopt ASU 2014-15 as of the end of our fiscal year ending March 31, 2017 and do not anticipate adoption will impact our statements of financial position or results of operations.
    In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Interest - Imputation of Interest(Topic 835-30):Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs ("ASU 2015-03"). ASU 2015-03 requires that debt issuance costs related to a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business withina foreign entity, the parent is required to apply the guidance in ASC 830-30 to release any related cumulative translation adjustment into net income. Accordingly, the cumulative translation adjustment shouldrecognized debt liability be released into net income only if the sale or transfer resultspresented in the complete or substantially complete liquidationbalance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the foreign entity in which the subsidiary or group of assets had resided.that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs is not affected by ASU 2013-052015-03. ASU 2015-03 is effective prospectivelyfor financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim reporting periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2013.2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted; however, if an entity electspermitted. We plan to early adopt ASU 2013-05, it should be applied as of2015-03 beginning April 1, 2015 and we will reclassify debt issuance costs from other current and long-term assets to convertible subordinated debt on the beginning of the entity’s fiscal year of adoption. Prior periods should not be adjusted. WeConsolidated Balance Sheets; we do not otherwise anticipate adoption of ASU 2013-05 will materially impact our statements of financial position or results of operations.

    In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-02—Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2013-02”). ASU 2013-02 requires entities to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period, disclosure of these significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income is required. For other amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to disclosures that provide additional detail about those amounts. ASU 2013-02 is effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. Early adoption is permitted. We do not anticipate adoption of ASU 2013-02 will materially impact our statements of financial position or results of operations.



    NOTE 3: ACQUISITION

    On June 13, 2011, in orderJuly 29, 2014, we acquired a majority of the assets of Symform, Inc., a Washington corporation, for cash of approximately $0.5 million. The assets, consisting primarily of Symform technology, were recorded as purchased technology and are expected to enhance our productcloud software capabilities and service offerings for data protection and technology portfolio we acquired Pancetera pursuantscale-out storage. This acquisition was recorded as a business combination and the effect was not material to a statutory merger in exchange for approximately $11.0 million, comprised of $8.2 million in cash and $2.8 million in Quantum common stock. We acquired all outstanding shares of Pancetera and assumed all of Pancetera’s outstanding unvested stock options according to the option exchange ratio defined in the merger agreement with Pancetera. We also assumed unvested restricted Pancetera common stock in accordance with the merger agreement. Pancetera’sour financial position, results of operations are included in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Cash Flows from the June 13, 2011 acquisition date.

    The acquisition was recorded under the acquisition method of accounting, resulting in the purchase price being allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill. The allocation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is set forth below (in thousands):

    Current assets$46
    Property and equipment37
    Amortizable intangible assets1,795
    In-process research and development349
    Goodwill8,843
    Current liabilities(116)
           Total purchase price$     10,954

    In performing our purchase price allocation, we considered, among other factors, our intention for future use of acquired assets, analyses of historical financial performance and estimates of future performance of Pancetera’s existing and future products. The fair value of current assets, property and equipment and current liabilities was based on market prices at the acquisition date. The fair value of amortizable intangible assets and IPR&D was based, in part, on a valuation using a discountedor cash flow approach and other valuation techniques as well as management’s estimates and assumptions.

    The amortizable intangible assets are all related to developed technology and are included in purchased technology within Note 5 “Intangible Assets and Goodwill.” Purchased technology, which comprises products that have reached technological feasibility, was primarily related to SmartRead®. SmartRead is patented technology, primarily comprised of a set of algorithms that reduce storage input-output when performing maintenance tasks such as backup, replication or migration of virtual machines. Pancetera products containing the SmartRead technology included SmartViewTM and SmartMotionTM, which have been rebranded as vmPRO software solutions. Purchased technology intangible assets also include a combination of Pancetera processes, patents and trade secrets related to the design and development of these products. This proprietary know-how can be leveraged to develop new technology and improve our products. The SmartRead purchased technology intangible asset has an amortization period of four years.

    IPR&D represents incomplete Pancetera research and development projects that had not reached technological feasibility as of the acquisition date. Due to the nature of IPR&D, the expected life is indeterminate and we periodically evaluate for attainment of technological feasibility or impairment. Technological feasibility is established when an enterprise has completed all planning, designing, coding and testing activities that are necessary to establish that a product can be produced to meet its design specifications including functions, features and technical performance requirements. The value assigned to IPR&D was determined by considering the importance of each project to our overall development plan, estimating costs to develop the purchased IPR&D into commercially viable products, estimating the resulting net cash flows from the projects when completed and discounting the net cash flows using a discount rate of 18% to their present value based on the percentage of completion of the IPR&D projects. During fiscal 2013, $0.2 million of IPR&D reached technological feasibility, was transferred to amortizable purchased technology intangible assets and is being amortized over its estimated useful life of four years.

    The goodwill as a result of this acquisition is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes. In addition, we incurred acquisition expenses of $0.3 million during fiscal 2012 which were included in general and administrative expense in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.


    flows.

    NOTE 4: BALANCE SHEET DETAILS

    Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash consisted of (in thousands):

    As of March 31,
         2013     2012
    Cash$39,605$17,715
    Money market funds32,39437,776
    $71,999$55,491
     
    Manufacturing inventories consisted of (in thousands):
     
    As of March 31,
         2013     2012
    Finished goods$19,480$22,122
    Work in process8,6335,781
    Materials and purchased parts24,96233,208
    $53,075$61,111
     
    Service parts inventories consisted of (in thousands):
     
    As of March 31,
         2013     2012
    Finished goods$19,750$19,202
    Component parts15,61819,848
    $35,368$39,050
     
    Property and equipment consisted of (in thousands):
     
    As of March 31,
         2013     2012
    Machinery and equipment$149,245$162,182
    Furniture and fixtures6,5217,045
    Leasehold improvements19,73423,348
    175,500192,575
    Less: accumulated depreciation      (154,044)      (167,135)
    $21,456$25,440
     As of March 31,
     2015 2014
    Cash$36,291
     $8,808
    Money market funds34,278
     93,077
     $70,569
     $101,885


    57


    Manufacturing inventories consisted of (in thousands):
     As of March 31,
     2015 2014
    Finished goods$28,022
     $18,069
    Work in process58
     1,056
    Materials and purchased parts22,194
     15,690
     $50,274
     $34,815
    Service parts inventories consisted of (in thousands):
     As of March 31,
     2015 2014
    Finished goods$18,143
     $17,926
    Component parts6,497
     7,703
     $24,640
     $25,629
    Property and equipment consisted of (in thousands):
     As of March 31,
     2015 2014
    Machinery and equipment$122,339
     $119,783
    Furniture and fixtures5,816
     6,127
    Leasehold improvements20,309
     20,116
     148,464
     146,026
    Less: accumulated depreciation(133,811) (128,452)
     $14,653
     $17,574

    NOTE 5: INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

    Intangible Assets

    Acquired intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which generally range from one to eight years. In estimating the useful lives of intangible assets, we considered the following factors:

    The cash flow projections used to estimate the useful lives of the intangible assets showed a trend of growththatgrowth that was expected to continue for an extended period of time;
  • Our tape automation products, disk backup systems and software,scale-out storage solutions, in particular, have long development cycles; theseproductsthese products have experienced long product life cycles; and
  • Our ability to leverage core technology into data protection and big data and archivescale-out storage solutions and, therefore, toextendto extend the lives of these technologies.


    Acquired IPR&D is amortized over its estimated useful life once technological feasibility is reached. If IPR&D is determined to not have technological feasibility or is abandoned, we write off the IPR&D in that period.

    Following is the weighted average amortization period for our amortizable intangible assets:

    Amortization
    (Years)
    Purchased technology6.2
    Trademarks6.0
    Customer lists7.28.0
    All intangible assets6.66.7


    58


    Intangible amortization within our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2013, 20122015, 2014 and 20112013 follows (in thousands):

         For the year ended March 31,
    2013     2012     2011
    Purchased technology$3,775$7,583$14,862
    Trademarks244700810
    Non-compete agreements32100
    Customer lists9,28012,42812,609
    $     13,299$     20,743$     28,381

     For the year ended March 31,
     2015 2014 2013
    Purchased technology$913
     $1,476
     $3,775
    Trademarks
     
     244
    Customer lists2,784
     7,426
     9,280
     $3,697
     $8,902
     $13,299
    The following table provides a summary of the carrying value of intangible assets (in thousands):

       As of March 31,
    2013   2012
    Gross
    Amount
       Accumulated
    Amortization
       Net
    Amount
    Gross
    Amount
       Accumulated
    Amortization
       Net
    Amount
    Purchased technology$180,613$(178,168)$2,445$182,922$(176,893)$6,029
    Trademarks3,900(3,900)3,900(3,656)244
    Customer lists105,719(95,509)10,210106,419(86,929)19,490
    In-process research and
           development158158349349
    $      290,390$      (277,577)$      12,813$      293,590$      (267,478)$      26,112

     As of March 31,
     2015 2014
     
    Gross
    Amount
     
    Accumulated
    Amortization
     
    Net
    Amount
     
    Gross
    Amount
     
    Accumulated
    Amortization
     
    Net
    Amount
    Purchased technology$179,992
     $(179,261) $731
     $179,475
     $(178,348) $1,127
    Trademarks3,900
     (3,900) 
     3,900
     (3,900) 
    Customer lists66,219
     (66,219) 
     76,019
     (73,235) 2,784
     $250,111
     $(249,380) $731
     $259,394
     $(255,483) $3,911
    The total expected future amortization related to amortizable intangible assets is provided in the table below (in thousands):

    Amortization
    Fiscal 2014$       8,896
    Fiscal 20153,589
    Fiscal 2016138
    Fiscal 201732
           Total as of March 31, 2013$12,655

     Amortization
    Fiscal 2016$280
    Fiscal 2017175
    Fiscal 2018138
    Fiscal 2019103
    Fiscal 202035
    Total as of March 31, 2015$731
    We evaluate our amortizable intangible and other long-lived assets for impairment whenever indicators of impairment exist and concluded the carrying amount of our long-lived assets was recoverable and there was no impairment in fiscal 2013, 20122015, 2014 and 2011.2013. In fiscal 20132015 and fiscal 2012,2014, we wrote off $3.2$9.8 million and $30.9$31.0 million, respectively, of fully amortized intangible assets related to fiscal 2002 and 2003prior acquisitions. In-process research and development of $0.2$0.1 million reached technological feasibility during fiscal 2013,2014, was transferred to amortizable purchased technology intangible assets and is being amortized over its estimated useful life.


    Goodwill

    Goodwill

    The following provides a summary of the carrying value of goodwill (in thousands):

         Goodwill     Accumulated
    Impairment Losses
         Net Amount
    Balance March 31, 2011$385,770$(339,000)$46,770
           Pancetera acquisition8,8438,843
    Balance March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013$     394,613$          (339,000)$     55,613

     Goodwill 
    Accumulated
    Impairment Losses
     Net Amount
    Balances as of March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2014$394,613
     $(339,000) $55,613
    Our annual impairment evaluation for goodwill in the fourth quarters of fiscal 2013, 20122015, 2014 and 20112013 did not indicate any impairment of our goodwill in fiscal 2013, 20122015, 2014 and 2011.

    2013.

    59


    NOTE 6: ACCRUED WARRANTY

    The following table details the change in the accrued warranty balance (in thousands):

         For the year ended March 31,
    2013     2012
    Beginning balance$7,586$7,034
           Additional warranties issued9,6329,973
           Adjustments for warranties issued in prior fiscal years1,0701,956
           Settlements       (10,768)       (11,377)
    Ending balance$7,520$7,586

     For the year ended March 31,
     2015 2014
    Beginning balance$6,116
     $7,520
    Additional warranties issued6,146
     8,508
    Adjustments for warranties issued in prior fiscal years(185) (228)
    Settlements(7,858) (9,684)
    Ending balance$4,219
     $6,116

    We warrant our products against certain defects for 1one to 3three years. A provision for estimated future costs and estimated returns for creditrepair or replacement relating to warranty is recorded when products are shipped and revenue recognized. Our estimate of future costs to satisfy warranty obligations is primarily based on historical trends and, if believed to be significantly different from historical trends, estimates of future failure rates and future costs of repair. Future costs of repair include materials consumed in the repair, labor and overhead amounts necessary to perform the repair. If we determine in a future period that either actual failure rates or actual costs of repair were to differ from our estimates, we record the impact in subsequent periods. If future actual costs of repair were to differ significantly from our estimates, we would record the impact of these unforeseen costthose differences in subsequent periods.

    that future period.

    NOTE 7: CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBT AND LONG-TERM DEBT

    Our debt consisted of the following (in thousands):

         As of March 31,
    2013     2012
    Convertible subordinated debt$205,000$135,000
    Senior secured revolving debt49,495
    $     205,000$     184,495

    Convertible Subordinated Debt

    4.50% Notes

    On October 31, 2012, we issued $60 million aggregate principal amount of 4.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2017, and on November 6, 2012 we issued an additional $10 million aggregate principal amount of 4.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2017 pursuant to an over-allotment provision (“4.50% notes”). These notes are convertible into shares of our common stock at a conversion rate of 607.1645 shares per $1,000 principal amount, a conversion price of approximately $1.65 per share. We may not redeem the notes prior to their maturity date although investors may convert the 4.50% notes into Quantum common stock until November 14, 2017 at their option. In addition, since purchasers are qualified institutional investors, as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”), the 4.50% notes have not been registered under the Securities Act. We pay 4.50% interest per annum on the principal amount of the 4.50% notes semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year beginning in May 2013. Interest began to accrue on October 31, 2012. The terms of the 4.50% notes are governed by an agreement dated October 31, 2012 between Quantum and U.S. Bank National Association. The 4.50% notes are subordinated to any existing indebtedness and other liabilities. We incurred and capitalized $2.3 million of fees for the 4.50% notes which are included in other long-term assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. These fees are amortized to interest expense over the term of the notes.



    3.50% Notes

    On November 15, 2010, we issued $135 million aggregate principal amount of 3.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2015 with a conversion price of $4.33 per share of our common stock (“3.50% notes”). We may not redeem the 3.50% notes prior to their maturity date although investors may convert the 3.50% notes into Quantum common stock until November 14, 2015 at their option. In addition, since purchasers are qualified institutional investors, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the 3.50% notes have not been registered under the Securities Act. We pay 3.50% interest per annum on the principal amount of the 3.50% notes semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The terms of the 3.50% notes are governed by an agreement dated November 15, 2010 between Quantum and U.S. Bank National Association. The 3.50% notes are subordinated to any existing indebtedness and other liabilities. During fiscal 2015, the 3.50% notes were reclassified from convertible subordinated debt, long-term to convertible subordinated debt, current as they are due November 15, 2015. We incurred and capitalized $5.0$5 million of loan fees in fiscal 2011 for the 3.50% notes which are included in other long-termcurrent assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. These fees are amortized to interest expense over the term of the notes.

    4.375% Notes


    60


    On July 30, 2010,March 11, 2014, we entered into a private transaction with a note holder to purchase $1.3 million of aggregate principal amount of notes for $1.3 million. On January 28, 2015, we entered into a private transaction with a note holder to purchase $50 million of aggregate principal amount for $51 million . In connection with this transaction, we recorded a loss on debt extinguishment of $1.3 million comprised of the loss of $1 million from the notes purchased and a write-off of $0.3 million of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the purchased notes. We also paid $22.1 million plus $0.5 million in accrued and unpaid interest to redeemon the 4.375% convertible subordinatedpurchased notes outstanding at that date in accordance with the contractual terms at maturity. These notes matured August 1, 2010.

    Long-Term Debt

    of $0.4 million. We funded these transactions using cash on hand.

    Wells Fargo Credit Agreement

    On March 29, 2012, we refinanced the senior secured credit agreement with Credit Suisse (“CS credit agreement”) by entering into a senior secured credit agreement (“WF credit agreement”) with Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC providing a senior secured revolving credit facility up to $75 million, subsequently amended to $55 million (“WF credit agreement”). The WF credit agreement matures March 29, 2017, or August 16, 2015 if our 3.50% notes remain outstanding on that date. Quarterly, we are required to pay a 0.375% commitment fee on undrawn amounts under the revolving credit facility. There is a blanket lien on all of our assets under the WF credit agreement in addition to certain financial and reporting covenants.We borrowed $49.5 million on March 29, 2012 to repay all borrowings under the CS credit agreement. Amounts borrowed are included in long-term debt on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.LLC. We incurred and capitalized $1.0 million of fees related to the WF credit agreement which are included in other long-term assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. These fees are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the WF credit agreement.

    There were two primary amendments made toagreement in the WF credit agreement during fiscal 2013. Consolidated Statements of Operations .

    On June 28, 2012,April 24, 2014, the WF credit agreement was amended to allow us to use proceeds from the credit agreement to repay the convertible subordinated notes so long as we have a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.5 and liquidity of $25 million. The amendment also impacted the available line, maturity date and certain covenants and compliance obligations which are reflected below. In addition, there were amendments in orderfiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, including an amendment to allow the assignment of one third of the total revolver commitment to Silicon Valley Bank. This amendment also made certainBank and other conforming and related modifications, including changes to the average liquidity requirements.

    On January 31, 2013,modifications.

    Under the WF credit agreement, wasas amended, we have the ability to decrease the line of credit and modify certain covenants. The maximum borrowing amount decreased toborrow the lesser of $55$75 million or the amount of the monthly borrowing base under a senior secured revolving credit facility. The WF credit agreement matures March 29, 2017 so long as an amount sufficient to repay the 3.50% notes is available for borrowing under the WF credit agreement or is deposited in a WF controlled account prior to August 16, 2015. Otherwise, the WF credit agreement matures on August 16, 2015. Quarterly, we are required to pay a .375% commitment fee on undrawn amounts under the revolving credit facility.
    There is a blanket lien on all of our assets under the WF credit agreement in addition to certain financial and will remainreporting covenants. We have letters of credit totaling $1 million, reducing the maximum amount available to borrow by this amount at this level forMarch 31, 2015.
    The interest rate on amounts borrowed is based on an election by us of an annual rate equal to (1) a base rate established by Wells Fargo plus an applicable margin of 1.0% to 1.5%, based on availability levels under the remaining term ofWF credit agreement or (2) the LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.0% and 2.5%, based on availability levels under the WF credit agreement. The averagebase rate is defined in the WF credit agreement.
    The WF credit agreement contains customary covenants, including cross-default provisions, as well as financial covenants. Average liquidity covenant was eliminated.must exceed $15 million each month. The fixed charge coverage ratio covenant is applicable only in fiscal quarters in which liquidity is below $16.5 million and decreased fromrequired to be greater than 1.2 to 1.1 for the 12 month period ending on the last day of any fiscal quartermonth in which the covenant is applicable. The liquidity requirement toThis covenant is applicable only in months in which borrowings exceed $5 million at any time during the month and was not applicable in fiscal 2015. To avoid triggering mandatory field audits decreased fromand Wells Fargo controlling our cash receipts, we must maintain liquidity of at least $20 million to $18.5 million commencing January 31, 2013 and will remain at this level for the remaining term of the credit agreement. Both theall times. The fixed charge coverage ratio, average liquidity and liquidity are defined in the WF credit agreement andand/or amendments. Certain schedules in the January 31, 2013 amendment.



    In addition, compliance certificatescertificate must be filed monthly if borrowings exceed $15 million,$5 million; otherwise they are to be filed quarterly. The fixed charge coverage ratio was not applicable for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013 because our liquidity level exceeded the contractual threshold.

    On October 31, 2012, we repaid all outstanding borrowings under the WF credit agreement with $49.5 million of the proceeds from the 4.50% notes. We have letters of credit totaling $1.1 million, reducing the amount available to borrow to $53.9 million at March 31, 2013.

    As of March 31, 2013,2015, and during fiscal 2015, we were in compliance with all covenants and had no outstanding balance on the line of credit.

    Credit Suisse Credit Agreement

    On July 12, 2007, we refinanced a prior credit facility by entering into a senior secured credit agreement with Credit Suisse providing a $50 million revolving credit facility and a $400 million senior secured term loan. We borrowed $400 million on the term loan to repay all borrowings under a prior credit facility used to fund the Advanced Digital Information Corporation acquisition. We incurred and capitalized $8.1 million of loan fees related to the CS credit agreement which were included in other long-term assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. These fees were amortized to interest expense over the respective loan terms. Interest accrued on the term loan at our option based on either, a prime rate plus a margin of 2.5%, or a LIBOR rate plus a margin of 3.5%. During fiscal 2011, we made principal payments of $81.7 million on the CS credit agreement term loan, and in fiscal 2012 we made principal payments of $104.3 million to fully extinguish the term loan and CS credit agreement.

    Subordinated Term Loans

    On November 15, 2010, we paid $121.7 million plus $1.8 million in accrued and unpaid interest to settle subordinated term loans with EMC International Company. As a result of the voluntary prepayment in full of these term loans, we have satisfied all of our obligations under these loans. We funded this payment using proceeds from the 3.50% convertible subordinated notes.

    Loss on Debt Extinguishment

    In fiscal 2012, in connection with fully extinguishing the CS term loan and credit agreement on March 29, 2012, we wrote off $2.3 million of unamortized debt costs related to the CS term loan and credit agreement.

    In fiscal 2011, in connection with the repayment of our subordinated term loans on November 15, 2010, we wrote off $1.2 million of unamortized debt costs related to these term loans.

    Debt Maturities

    A summary of the scheduled maturities for our outstanding debt as of March 31, 20132015 follows (in thousands):

         Debt Maturity
    Fiscal 2014 to fiscal 2015 $
    Fiscal 2016135,000
    Fiscal 2017
    Fiscal 2018 70,000
           Total as of March 31, 2013$205,000

     Debt Maturity
    Fiscal 2016$83,735
    Fiscal 2017
    Fiscal 201870,000
    Total as of March 31, 2015$153,735


    61


    NOTE 8: RESTRUCTURING CHARGES

    Our restructuring actions are steps undertaken to reduce costs in an effort to return to consistent profitability. In fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, restructuring actions to consolidate operations supporting our business were the result of strategic management decisions.

    The following summarizes the type of restructuring expense for fiscal 2013, 20122015, 2014 and 20112013 (in thousands):

    For the year ended March 31,
         2013     2012     2011
    Severance and benefits$     8,251$     1,585$     3,580
    Facilities1,920345(538)
    Other(300)602
    $10,171$1,630$3,644
     For the year ended March 31,
     2015 2014 2013
    Restructuring expense related to cost of revenue$
     $539
     $
    Restructuring expense in operating expense1,666
     10,675
     10,171
     $1,666
     $11,214
     $10,171
     For the year ended March 31,
     2015 2014 2013
    Severance and benefits$406
     $6,139
     $8,251
    Facilities1,250
     4,303
     1,920
    Other10
     772
     
     $1,666
     $11,214
     $10,171

    Fiscal 2015
    Restructuring charges in fiscal 2015 were primarily due to facilities costs of $1.3 million as a result of further consolidating our facilities in the U.S.
    Fiscal 2014
    Restructuring charges in fiscal 2014 were primarily due to strategic management decisions to outsource our manufacturing operations and further consolidate repair and service activities, inclusive of exiting manufacturing facilities. In addition, we had additional consolidation in research and development, sales and marketing and administrative activities and teams to align our workforce with our continuing operations plans. Severance and benefits charges of $6.1 million in fiscal 2014 were attributable to positions eliminated worldwide, with the majority of positions eliminated in the U.S. Facility restructuring charges of $4.3 million in fiscal 2014 were primarily due to accruing the remaining lease obligation for the vacated portion of our manufacturing facility in the U.S, reduced by estimated future sublease amounts. Other restructuring charges of $0.8 million were primarily due to charges related to cost of sales as a result of our manufacturing outsource decision.
    Fiscal 2013

    Restructuring charges in fiscal 2013 were primarily due to severance and benefits expenses of $8.3 million for positions eliminated in both the U.S. and internationally across most functions of the business. Facility restructuring charges for fiscal 2013 were primarily due to accruing the remaining lease obligation for a vacant facility in the U.S.

    Fiscal 2012

    Restructuring charges in fiscal 2012 were primarily due to severance and benefits expenses


    62


    The following tables show the activity and the estimated timing of future payouts for accrued restructuring (in thousands):

         Severance and
    benefits
         Facilities     Other     Total
    Balance as of March 31, 2010$       494$     3,301$     $     3,795
           Restructuring costs3,5863076024,495
           Restructuring charge reversal(6)(845)(851)
           Cash payments(1,189)(1,920)(3,109)
           Non-cash charges and other(302)(302)
    Balance as of March 31, 20112,8858433004,028
           Restructuring costs1,8643452,209
           Restructuring charge reversal(279)(300)(579)
           Cash payments(3,181)(748)(3,929)
           Assumed restructuring liability2323
    Balance as of March 31, 20121,3124401,752
           Restructuring costs8,8151,92010,735
           Restructuring charge reversal(564)(564)
           Cash payments(6,852)(315)(7,167)
    Balance as of March 31, 2013$2,711$2,045$$4,756
    Estimated timing of future payouts:
           Fiscal 2014$2,711$310$$3,021
           Fiscal 2015 to 20191,7351,735
    $2,711$2,045$$4,756

     
    Severance and
    benefits
     Facilities Other Total
    Balance as of March 31, 2012$1,312
     $440
     $
     $1,752
    Restructuring costs8,815
     1,920
     
     10,735
    Restructuring charge reversal(564) 
     
     (564)
    Cash payments(6,852) (315) 
     (7,167)
    Balance as of March 31, 20132,711
     2,045
     
     4,756
    Restructuring costs7,522
     4,392
     772
     12,686
    Restructuring charge reversal(1,383) (89) 
     (1,472)
    Cash payments(7,276) (607) (702) (8,585)
    Other non-cash
     983
     
     983
    Balance as of March 31, 20141,574
     6,724
     70
     8,368
    Restructuring costs749
     1,680
     13
     2,442
    Restructuring charge reversal(343) (430) (3) (776)
    Cash payments(1,791) (3,617) (80) (5,488)
    Other non-cash
     300
     
     300
    Balance as of March 31, 2015$189
     $4,657
     $
     $4,846
    Estimated timing of future payouts:
    Severance and
    benefits
     Facilities Total
    Fiscal 2016$75
     $3,780
     $3,855
    Fiscal 2017 to 2021114
     877
     991
     $189
     $4,657
     $4,846


    The $4.8 million

    Facility restructuring accrual as of March 31, 2013 is comprised of both severance and benefits obligations and facilities obligations. The majority of the severance and benefits obligations are expected to be paid during the first half of fiscal 2014, with the remainder paid in the second half of fiscal 2014. The amounts accrued for vacant facilitiesaccruals will be paid over theirin accordance with the respective facility lease terms which continue through fiscal 2019.

    Additional charges may be incurred in the future related to these restructurings, particularly if the actual costs associated with restructured activitiesand amounts above are higher than estimated. Until we achieve sustained profitability, we may incur additional charges in the future related to additional cost reduction initiatives. Future charges that we may incur associated with future cost reductions are not estimable at this time.

    net of estimated sublease amounts.

    NOTE 9: STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS AND SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

    Description of Stock Incentive Plans

    2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan

    During fiscal 2013, our stockholders

    We have a stockholder approved an amendment to rename the 1993 Long-Term Incentive Plan to the 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and retire the 2003 Nonemployee Directors Equity Incentive Plan, merging it into the Plan and transferring all outstanding shares to the Plan. As part of this amendment our stockholders approved an additional 13.2which had 34.3 million shares for issuance and transferred 2.5 million shares available for issuance from the 1993 Long-Term Incentive Plan and 2003 Nonemployee Directors Equity Incentive Plan as of August 14, 2012. In addition, as ofauthorized at March 31, 2013, 2.4 million shares were transferred to the Plan that otherwise would have been returned to the 1993 Long-Term Incentive Plan or 2003 Nonemployee Directors Equity Incentive Plan after August 14, 2012 in accordance with the amendment. These actions combined to bring the total shares authorized under the Plan to 42.3 million shares.2015. There were 17.512.9 million shares available for grant and 24.618.7 million stock options and restricted shares that were outstanding under the Plan as of March 31, 2013,2015, which expire at various times through JuneApril 2018.

    No stock options were granted in fiscal 2013. Stock options granted in fiscal 2012 and 2011 generally vest over three to four years and have contractual terms of seven years.

    Stock options under the Plan are granted at prices determined by the Board of Directors, but at not less than the fair market value. The majority of restricted stock units granted to employees vest over twothree to threefour years. Stock option and restricted stock grants to nonemployee directors typically vest over one year. Both stock options and restricted stock units granted under the Plan are subject to forfeiture if employment terminates.

    Other Stock Incentive Plans

    In addition to the Plan, we have other stock incentive plans which are inactive for future share grant purposes, including plans assumed in acquisitions, under which stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock purchase rights, restricted stock awards and long-term performance awards to employees, consultants, officers and affiliates were authorized (“Other Plans”). During fiscal 2012, we assumed outstanding unvested options and unvested restricted shares

    63


    Stock options granted and assumed under the Other Plans generally vestedvest over one to four years and expiredexpire seven to ten years after the grant date, and restricted stock granted under the Other Plans generally vestedvests over one to threefour years. The Other Plans have been terminated, and outstanding stock options and restricted stock units granted and assumed remain outstanding and continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the respective Other Plan. Stock options and restricted stock granted under the Other Plans are subject to forfeiture if employment terminates. Stock options under the Other Plans were granted at prices determined by the Board of Directors, but at not less than the fair market value, and stock options assumed were governed by the respective acquisition agreement. Stock options under the Other Plans expire at various times through June 2021.



    Stock Purchase Plan

    We have an employee stock purchase plan (the “Purchase Plan”) that allows for the purchase of stock at a 15% discount to fair market value at the date of grant or the exercise date, whichever value is less. The Purchase Plan is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. The maximum number of shares that may be issued under the Purchase Plan is 64.3 million shares. As of March 31, 2015, 58.7 million shares had been issued. Under the Purchase Plan, rights to purchase shares are granted during the second and fourth quarter of each fiscal year. During fiscal 2013, our stockholders approved a 6.0 million share increase to the maximum number of shares that may be issued under the Purchase Plan from 51.8 million shares to 57.8 million shares. As of March 31, 2013, 52.7 million shares had been issued. The Purchase Plan allows a maximum amount of two million shares to be purchased in any six month offering period. Employees purchased 3.82.8 million shares, 3.03.2 million shares and 3.23.8 million shares of common stock under the Purchase Plan in fiscal 2013, 20122015, 2014 and 2011,2013, respectively. The weighted-average price of stock purchased under the Purchase Plan was $1.17, $1.66$1.04, $1.07 and $1.22$1.17 in fiscal 2013, 20122015, 2014 and 2011,2013, respectively. There were 5.15.6 million shares available for issuance as of March 31, 2013.

    2015.

    Determining Fair Value

    We use the Black-Scholes stock option valuation model for estimating fair value of stock options granted under our plans and rights to acquire stock granted under our Purchase Plan. We amortize the fair value of stock options on a ratable basis over the requisite service periods, which are generally the vesting periods. The expected life of awards granted represents the period of time that they are expected to be outstanding. We determine the expected life based on historical experience with similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms, exercise patterns and post-vesting forfeitures. We estimate volatility based on the historical volatility of our common stock over the most recent period corresponding with the estimated expected life of the award. We base the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes stock option valuation model on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent term equal to the expected life of the award. We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We use historical data to estimate forfeitures and record share-based compensation for those awards that are expected to vest. We adjust share-based compensation for actual forfeitures.

    We granted 0.8 million RSUs with market conditions (“market RSUs”) in fiscal 2014 and estimated the fair value of these market RSUs using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The number of market RSUs is dependent on Quantum’s common stock achieving certain 60-day average stock price targets as of specified dates, which vest immediately to two years after the specified dates. The Monte Carlo model requires the input of assumptions including expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected term in order to simulate a large number of possible outcomes to provide an estimated fair value of the market RSUs. We used an expected volatility of 66%, a risk free interest rate of 0.5% and expected terms of ten months, twenty-two months and thirty-four months that mirrors the various vesting dates of the awards. The estimated grant date fair value of the market RSUs was $0.7 million which will be recognized over the respective vesting periods of the awards.
    We granted 2.4 million and 0.2 million of RSUs with performance conditions (“performance RSUs”) in fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, respectively, and the fair values of the performance RSUs at the grant date were $3.0 million and $0.2 million, respectively. Performance RSUs become eligible for vesting based on Quantum achieving certain revenue and operating income targets through the end of the fiscal year when the performance RSUs were granted. Share-based compensation expense for performance RSUs is recognized when it is probable that the performance conditions will be achieved. The revenue and operating income targets of the fiscal 2015 performance RSUs were achieved and $0.4 million of share-based compensation expense was recognized during fiscal 2015. The performance RSUs granted in fiscal 2014 were canceled in accordance with the grant agreement as the revenue and operating income targets of fiscal 2014 were not met; and, therefore no share-based compensation expense was recognized.
    Stock Options

    No stock options were granted in fiscal 2015, 2014 or 2013. The weighted-average estimated fair values and the assumptions used in calculating fair values for stock options granted under the Plan during each fiscal period are as follows:

    For the year ended March 31,
         2013     2012     2011
    Stock option life (in years)n/a4.04.2
    Risk-free interest raten/a1.57%2.02%
    Stock price volatilityn/a112.33%106.75%
    Weighted-average grant date fair valuen/a$     1.91$     1.96

    The weighted-average fair value of stock options assumed from Pancetera, as well as the weighted-average assumptions used in calculating these values were based on estimates at the acquisition date as follows:

    Option life (in years)5.2
    Risk-free interest rate1.65%
    Stock price volatility100.93%
    Weighted-average fair value$     2.67

    The assumed options have a 10 year contractual life from the original grant date.

    Restricted Stock

    The fair value of our restricted stock is the intrinsic value as of the grant date.



    64


    Stock Purchase Plan

    The weighted-average fair values and the assumptions used in calculating fair values during each fiscal period are as follows:

    For the year ended March 31,
         2013     2012     2011
    Option life (in years)0.500.500.50
    Risk-free interest rate0.13%0.06%0.19%
    Stock price volatility69.73%70.29%68.56%
    Weighted-average grant date fair value$     0.48$     0.82$     0.72
     For the year ended March 31,
     2015 2014 2013
    Option life (in years)0.5
     0.5
     0.5
    Risk-free interest rate0.07% 0.07% 0.13%
    Stock price volatility36.58% 43.71% 69.73%
    Weighted-average grant date fair value$0.36
     $0.40
     $0.48

    Share-Based Compensation Expense

    The following tables summarize share-based compensation expense (in thousands):

    For the year ended March 31,
         2013     2012     2011
    Share-based compensation expense:
           Cost of revenue$     2,389$     2,203$     1,768
           Research and development3,6653,2502,486
           Sales and marketing4,6994,0483,121
           General and administrative4,3864,2363,046
    Total share-based compensation expense$15,139$13,737$10,421
     For the year ended March 31,
     2015 2014 2013
    Share-based compensation expense:     
    Cost of revenue$1,489
     $1,963
     $2,389
    Research and development2,559
     3,430
     3,665
    Sales and marketing3,506
     4,097
     4,699
    General and administrative4,029
     3,969
     4,386
    Total share-based compensation expense$11,583
     $13,459
     $15,139
     For the year ended March 31,
     2015 2014 2013
    Share-based compensation by type of award:     
    Stock options$617
     $826
     $1,681
    Restricted stock10,102
     11,356
     11,630
    Stock purchase plan864
     1,277
     1,828
    Total share-based compensation expense$11,583
     $13,459
     $15,139

    For the year ended March 31,
         2013     2012     2011
    Share-based compensation by type of award:
           Stock options$     1,681$     2,622$     3,586
           Restricted stock11,6309,0535,329
           Stock purchase plan1,8282,0621,506
    Total share-based compensation expense$15,139$13,737$10,421

    The total share-based compensation cost capitalized as part of inventory as of March 31, 20132015 and 20122014 was not material. During fiscal 2013, 20122015, 2014 and 2011,2013, no tax benefit was realized for the tax deduction from stock option exercises and other awards due to tax benefit carryforwards and tax ordering requirements.

    As of March 31, 2013,2015, there was $1.6less than $0.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options granted under our plans. This unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.9 years.less than one year. Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 2012 and 2011 was $0.3$0.4 million, $3.7$0.4 million and $8.9$0.3 million, respectively. We settle stock option exercises by issuing additional common shares.

    As of March 31, 2013,2015, there was $16.8$12.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested restricted stock. The unrecognized compensation cost for restricted stock is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.71.6 years. Total fair value of awards releasedvested during the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 2012 and 2011 was $7.4$7.7 million, $9.4$6.2 million and $7.5$7.4 million, respectively, based on the fair value of our common stock on the date of award release.award's vest date. We issue additional common shares upon vesting of restricted stock units.



    65


    Stock Activity

    Stock Options

    A summary of activity relating to all of our stock option plans is as follows (stock options and intrinsic value in thousands):

         Stock Options     Weighted-
    Average
    Exercise Price
         Weighted-
    Average
    Remaining
    Contractual Term
         Aggregate
    Intrinsic Value
    Outstanding as of March 31, 2010         31,329$     2.40
           Granted2042.66
           Exercised(6,634)1.90
           Forfeited(1,747)2.05
           Expired(1,072)5.56 
    Outstanding as of March 31, 201122,0802.43
           Granted and assumed1,6192.33
           Exercised(2,982)1.79
           Forfeited(619)1.90
           Expired(704)8.25
    Outstanding as of March 31, 201219,3942.32
           Exercised(379)0.96
           Forfeited(406)2.43
           Expired(2,559)3.65
    Outstanding as of March 31, 201316,050$2.141.95$1,592
    Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 201315,974$2.141.93$1,591
    Exercisable as of March 31, 201315,200$2.121.77$1,558
     Stock Options 
    Weighted-
    Average
    Exercise Price
     
    Weighted-
    Average
    Remaining
    Contractual Term
     
    Aggregate
    Intrinsic Value
    Outstanding as of March 31, 20147,997
     $1.78
        
    Exercised(866) 0.97
        
    Forfeited(117) 2.14
        
    Expired(2,070) 2.83
        
    Outstanding as of March 31, 20154,944
     $1.47
     1.72 $2,039
    Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 20154,944
     $1.47
     1.72 $2,039
    Exercisable as of March 31, 20154,916
     $1.46
     1.71 $2,039

    The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable as of March 31, 20132015 (stock options in thousands)thousands):

    Range of Exercise PricesStock Options
    Outstanding
         Weighted-
    Average
    Exercise
    Price
         Weighted-
    Average
    Remaining
    Contractual Life
    (Years)
         Stock Options
    Exercisable
         Weighted-
    Average
    Exercise
    Price
    $     0.11-$     0.63182$     0.545.63133$0.50
    $0.77-$0.98 4,6440.982.904,6390.98
    $1.00-$1.426551.222.596481.22
    $1.52-$2.21 4,3442.020.574,3422.02
    $2.30-$3.423,9222.902.663,1352.98
    $3.43-$4.002,3033.810.952,3033.81
    16,050$2.141.9515,200$2.12

    Range of Exercise Prices 
    Stock Options
    Outstanding
     
    Weighted-
    Average
    Exercise
    Price
     
    Weighted-
    Average
    Remaining
    Contractual Life
    (Years)
     
    Stock Options
    Exercisable
     
    Weighted-
    Average
    Exercise
    Price
    $0.11  $0.63 52
     $0.49
     3.20 52
     $0.49
    $0.77  $0.98 3,019
     0.98
     1.25 3,019
     0.98
    $1.00  $1.35 233
     1.15
     1.26 233
     1.15
    $1.61  $2.17 204
     1.80
     0.43 204
     1.80
    $2.52  $2.93 1,436
     2.53
     2.90 1,408
     2.53
          4,944
     $1.47
     1.72 4,916
     $1.46
    Expiration dates ranged from April 20132015 to June 2021 for stock options outstanding at March 31, 2013.2015. Prices for stock options exercised during the three-year period ended March 31, 2013,2015, ranged from $0.11 to $3.86.

    $2.08.


    Restricted Stock

    A summary of activity relating to our restricted stock follows (shares in thousands):

         Shares     Weighted-Average
    Grant Date
    Fair Value
    Nonvested at March 31, 20105,135$1.64
           Granted5,7571.95
           Vested(3,665)1.60
           Forfeited(587)1.45
    Nonvested at March 31, 20116,6401.95
           Granted and assumed6,6693.14
           Vested(3,058)1.88
           Forfeited(1,390)2.73
    Nonvested at March 31, 20128,8612.75
           Granted5,5141.98
           Vested(3,566)2.55
           Forfeited(922)2.30
    Nonvested at March 31, 20139,887$2.43
     Shares 
    Weighted-Average
    Grant Date
    Fair Value
    Nonvested as March 31, 201412,108
     $1.80
    Granted10,348
     1.24
    Vested(6,013) 2.10
    Forfeited(2,652) 1.35
    Nonvested as March 31, 201513,791
     $1.34

    NOTE 10: 401K PLAN

    Substantially all of the U.S. employees are eligible to make contributions to our 401(k) savings and investment plan. We typically make discretionary contributions to the plan by matching a percentage of our employees’ contributions. Employer contributions were $2.8$2.4 million, $3.0$2.6 million and $2.6$2.8 million in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.


    66


    NOTE 11: INCOME TAXES

    Pre-tax income (loss) reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2013, 20122015, 2014 and 20112013 follows (in thousands):

    For the year ended March 31,
         2013     2012     2011
    U.S.$     (53,180)$     (8,589)$     271
    Foreign1,9226674,283
    $(51,258)$(7,922)$4,554
     For the year ended March 31,
     2015 2014 2013
    U.S$13,507
     $(22,549) $(52,940)
    Foreign3,971
     2,292
     1,922
     $17,478
     $(20,257) $(51,018)

    Income tax provision consists of the following (in thousands):

    For the year ended March 31,
         2013     2012     2011
    Federal:
           Current$     $     $     (302)
    State:
           Current231301446
    Foreign:
           Current1,0901,84774
           Deferred(160)(1,261)(205)
                  Total foreign930586(131)
    Income tax provision$1,161$887$13


     For the year ended March 31,
     2015 2014 2013
    Federal:$(138) $
     $
    State:     
    Current125
     76
     231
    Foreign:     
    Current890
     1,096
     1,090
    Deferred(159) 45
     (160)
    Total foreign731
     1,141
     930
    Income tax provision$718
     $1,217
     $1,161

    The income tax provision differs from the amount computed by applying the federal statutory rate of 35% to income (loss) before income taxes as follows (in thousands):

    For the year ended March 31,
         2013     2012     2011
    Expense (benefit) at federal statutory rate$     (17,940)$     (2,773)$     1,594
    State taxes300301380
    Unbenefited losses and credits18,7993,471(1,235)
    Net release of contingent tax reserves(130)(176)(466)
    Other13264(260)
    $1,161$887$13
     For the year ended March 31,
     2015 2014 2013
    Expense (benefit) at federal statutory rate$6,117
     $(7,090) $(17,856)
    State taxes125
     76
     300
    Unbenefited (benefited) losses and credits(4,727) 7,974
     18,715
    Contingent tax reserves103
     460
     (130)
    Foreign rate differential(778) (218) 120
    Other(122) 15
     12
     $718
     $1,217
     $1,161


    67


    Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

    As of March 31,
         2013     2012
    Deferred tax assets:
           Inventory valuation method$     3,870$     6,429
           Accrued warranty expense2,8733,072
           Distribution reserves1,4072,377
           Loss carryforwards72,96954,162
           Foreign tax and research and development credit carryforwards206,764221,459
           Restructuring charge accruals1,810710
           Other accruals and reserves not currently deductible for tax purposes34,82435,177
           Depreciation and amortization methods4,824
    324,517328,210
           Less valuation allowance(269,373)(252,402)
           Deferred tax asset$55,144$75,808
    Deferred tax liabilities:
           Depreciation$(6,466)$
           Acquired intangibles(2,664)(10,186)
           Tax on unremitted foreign earnings(15,679)(15,712)
           Other(29,492)(49,179)
    Deferred tax liability$(54,301)$(75,077)
    Net deferred tax asset$843$731
     As of March 31,
     2015 2014
    Deferred tax assets:   
    Inventory valuation method$1,588
     $1,742
    Accrued warranty expense1,624
     2,336
    Distribution reserves4,283
     1,950
    Loss carryforwards75,262
     81,012
    Tax credits185,578
     191,372
    Restructuring charge accruals1,866
     3,191
    Other accruals and reserves not currently deductible for tax purposes34,490
     32,465
        304,691
     314,068
    Less valuation allowance(252,475) (261,337)
    Deferred tax asset$52,216
     $52,731
    Deferred tax liabilities:   
    Depreciation$(4,302) $(3,570)
    Acquired intangibles(4,920) (2,794)
    Tax on unremitted foreign earnings(15,968) (17,245)
    Other(26,093) (28,330)
    Deferred tax liability$(51,283) $(51,939)
    Net deferred tax asset$933
     $792

    The valuation allowance decreased $8.9 million and $8.0 million in fiscal years 2015 and 2014, respectively, and increased $17.0 million in fiscal year 2013. The decrease in the valuation allowance during fiscal year 2015 was primarily due to NOL usage and expiring tax credits.
    A reconciliation of the gross unrecognized tax benefits follows (in thousands):

    For the year ended March 31,
        2013    2012    2011
    Beginning balance$    32,744$    33,012$    33,292
           Settlement and effective settlements with tax authorities and related remeasurements(60)(255)(357)
           Lapse of statute of limitations(135)(105)(228)
           Increase in balances related to tax positions taken in prior period9282
           Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during current period223
    Ending balance$32,549$32,744$33,012

     For the year ended March 31,
     2015 2014 2013
    Beginning balance$32,449
     $32,549
     $32,744
    Settlement and effective settlements with tax authorities and related remeasurements
     (488) (60)
    Lapse of statute of limitations
     
     (135)
    Increase in balances related to tax positions taken in prior period
     388
     
    Ending balance$32,449
     $32,449
     $32,549


    During fiscal 2013, we recorded a net decrease2015, excluding interest and penalties, there was no change in our unrecognized tax benefits. Including interest and penalties, the total unrecognized tax benefit at March 31, 20132015 was $33.5 million, all of which, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate. At March 31, 20132015 accrued interest and penalties totaled $0.9$1.1 million. Our practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax provision in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties, were recorded in other long-term liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

    We file our tax returns as prescribed by the laws of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Our U.S. tax returns have been audited for years through 2002 by the Internal Revenue Service. In other major jurisdictions, we are generally open to examination for the most recent three to five fiscal years. Although timing of the resolution and closure on audits is highly uncertain, we do not believe it is likely that the unrecognized tax benefits would materially change in the next 12 months.


    68


    As of March 31, 2013,2015, we had federal net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards of approximately $252.9$259.3 million and $152.4$140.0 million, respectively. Our federal net operating loss carryforwards include $33.6 million attributable to excess tax deductions from stock option exercises, and are not included in the deferred tax assets shown above. The benefit of these loss carryforwards will be credited to equity when realized. The net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards expire in varying amounts beginning in fiscal 20142016 if not previously utilized, the utilization of which is limited under the tax law ownership change provision. These carryforwards include $15.6$11.1 million of acquired net operating losses and $10.8$10.7 million of credits.

    Certain changes in stock ownership could result in a limitation on the amount of net operating loss and tax credit carryovers that can be utilized each year. Should the company undergo such a change in stock ownership, it could severely limit the usage of these carryover tax attributes against future income, resulting in additional tax charges.

    Due to our history of net losses and the difficulty in predicting future results, we believe that we cannot rely on projections of future taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we have established a full valuation allowance against our U.S. net deferred tax assets. Significant management judgment is required in determining our deferred tax assets and liabilities and valuation allowances for purposes of assessing our ability to realize any future benefit from our net deferred tax assets. We intend to maintain this valuation allowance until sufficient positive evidence exists to support the reversal of the valuation allowance. Our income tax expense recorded in the future will be reduced to the extent that sufficient positive evidence materializes to support a reversal of, or decrease in, our valuation allowance.

    NOTE 12: NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

    Equity Instruments Outstanding

    We have stock options and restricted stock units granted under various stock incentive plans that, upon exercise and vesting, respectively, would increase shares outstanding. During fiscal 2013, we issuedWe have 4.50% convertible subordinated notes which are convertible at the option of the holders at any time prior to maturity into shares of Quantum common stock at a conversion price of $1.65 per share. We also have 3.50% convertible subordinated notes which are convertible at the option of the holders at any time prior to maturity into shares of Quantum common stock at a conversion price of $4.33 per share. Both the 4.50% and the 3.50% notes, if converted, would increase shares outstanding.

    On

    In June 23, 2009, we issued a warrant to EMC Corporation to purchase 10 million shares of our common stock at a $0.38 per share exercise price. Only in the event of a change of control of Quantum will this warrant vest and be exercisable. The warrant expires seven years from the date of issuance or three years after change of control, whichever occurs first. Due to these terms, no share-based compensation expense related to this warrant has been recorded to date.



    Net Income (Loss) per Share

    The following table setsets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (in thousands, except per-share data):

    For the year ended March 31,
         2013     2012     2011
    Net income (loss)$(52,419)$(8,809)$4,541
    Weighted average shares and common share equivalents (“CSE”): 
           Basic 239,855232,599 220,888
                  Dilutive CSE from stock plans    8,815
                  Dilutive CSE from purchase plan 35
           Diluted       239,855       232,599       229,738
    Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share$(0.22)$(0.04)$0.02
     For the year ended March 31,
     2015 2014 2013
    Numerator:     
    Net income (loss)$16,760
     $(21,474) $(52,179)
          
    Denominator:     
    Weighted average shares:     
    Basic254,665
     247,024
     239,855
    Dilutive shares from stock plans5,362
     
     
    Diluted260,027
     247,024
     239,855
          
    Basic net income (loss) per share$0.07
     $(0.09) $(0.22)
    Diluted net income (loss) per share0.06
     (0.09) (0.22)


    69


    Dilutive and potentially dilutive common shares from stock incentive plans are determined by applying the treasury stock method to the assumed exercise of outstanding options and the assumed vesting of outstanding restricted stock units. The dilutive impact related to our convertible subordinated notes is determined by applying the if-converted method, which includes adding the related weighted average shares to the denominator and the related interest expense to net income.

    The computations of diluted net income (loss) per share for the periods presented excludedexclude the following because the effect would have been antidilutive:

    • anti-dilutive:
    For fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, 2012there were 29.0 million, 31.1 million and 2011, 31.2 million, 31.2 million and 11.6 millionrespectively, of weighted equivalentaverage sharesrespectively, of related to the 3.50% convertible subordinated notes that were excluded. In addition, forFor fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, 17.6$5.3 million, $5.7 million and $5.7 million, respectively, of related interest expense was excluded.
    For fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, there were 42.5 million, 42.5 million and 17.6 million, respectively, of weighted equivalentaverage shares ofrelated to the 4.50% of convertible subordinated notes that were excluded.
  • For fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, $3.6 million, $3.6 million and $1.5 million, respectively, of related interest expense was excluded.
  • Stock options to purchase 17.32.4 million, 11.512.8 million and 10.417.3 million weighted average shares in fiscal 2013,20122015, 2014 and 20112013, respectively, were excluded.
  • Unvested restricted stock units of 10.1less than 0.1 million, 5.111.0 million, and 49,00010.1 million weighted average shares for fiscal 2013,20122015, 2014 and 2011,2013, respectively, were excluded.

    NOTE 13: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    Lease Commitments

    We lease certain facilities under non-cancelable lease agreements and also have equipment leases for various types of office equipment. Some of the leases have renewal options ranging from one to ten years and others contain escalation clauses. These leases are operating leases.

    In February 2006, we leased a campus facility in Colorado Springs, Colorado, comprised of three buildings in three separate operating leases with initial terms of five, seven and 15 years. In August 2010, we negotiated lower lease rates and a five year extension on one of the buildings. In March 2015, we entered into a sublease agreement to sublease a portion of one of the buildings. The future minimum lease payment schedule below includes $26.3$18.8 million of lease payments and $4.9 million of sublease rental income for this Colorado Springs campus.

    Rent expense was $11.5$7.0 million in fiscal 2013 and $12.72015, $10.3 million in both fiscal 20122014 and 2011.$11.3 million in fiscal 2013. Sublease income was immaterial in fiscal 2013, 20122015, 2014 and 2011.

    2013.

    Future minimum lease payments and sublease rental income are as follows (in thousands):

         Lease Payments
    For the year ending March 31,
           2014 $10,027
           20159,507
           2016 7,688
           20175,423
           20185,219
           Thereafter13,415
    $       51,279



     Lease Payments Sublease Rental Income Total
    For the year ending March 31,     
    2016$9,107
     $(587) $8,520
    20176,610
     (959) 5,651
    20186,124
     (936) 5,188
    20195,523
     (909) 4,614
    20204,032
     (943) 3,089
    Thereafter4,459
     (813) 3,646
     $35,855
     $(5,147) $30,708
    Commitments to Purchase Inventory

    We use contract manufacturers for certainour manufacturing functions.operations. Under these arrangements, the contract manufacturer procures inventory to manufacture products based upon our forecast of customer demand. We have similar arrangements with certain other suppliers. We are responsible for the financial impact on the supplier or contract manufacturer of any reduction or product mix shift in the forecast relative to materials that the contract manufacturerthird party had already purchased under a prior forecast. Such a variance in forecasted demand could require a cash payment for finished goodsinventory in excess of current customer demand or for costs of excess or obsolete inventory. As of March 31, 2013 and 2012,2015, we had issued non-cancelable purchase commitments for $22.3$46.0 million and $34.3 million, respectively, to purchase finished goodsinventory from our contract manufacturers.

    manufacturers and suppliers.


    70


    Legal Proceedings

    Overland

    On June 28, 2012, Overland Storage,February 18, 2014, Crossroads Systems, Inc. (“Overland”Crossroads”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Quantum in the U.S. District Court for the SouthernWestern District of California,Texas, alleging infringement of U.S. Patents 6,425,035 and 7,934,041. An amended complaint filed on April 15, 2014 also alleged infringement of U.S. patent 7,051,147. Crossroads asserts that certainwe have incorporated Crossroads' patented technology into our StorNext QX and Q-Series lines of its automated tape libraries fall within the scope of patents 6,328,766disk array products, and 6,353,581. Overland is seeking injunctive relief, as well as the recovery ofinto our Scalar libraries. Crossroads seeks unspecified monetary damages including treble damages for willful infringement.and injunctive relief. Crossroads has already dismissed all claims of infringement with respect to the StorNext QX and Q-Series products. We do not believe we infringe the Overland patents and we will defend ourselves vigorously. We do not believe there is a reasonable possibilityprobability that we will pay material damages related to this lawsuit.

    lawsuit is remote.

    On August 28, 2012,September 23, 2014, we filed a lawsuit against OverlandCrossroads in the U.S. District Court for the SouthernNorthern District of California foralleging patent infringementsinfringement of our patents 6,542,787; 6,498,771; 5,925,119 and 5,491,812patent 6,766,412  by the products in Overland’s NEO tape library and SnapServer product lines.Crossroad’s StrongBox VSeries Library Solution product. We are seeking injunctive relief and the recovery of monetary damages.

    On April 12, 2013,December 4, 2014, we filedamended our complaint alleging infringement of a lawsuit against Overland insecond patent, 5,940,849, related to Crossroad's SPHiNX product line. On December 16, 2014, we withdrew the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California, for patent infringements of our patent 7,263,596 by the products in Overland’s SnapScale product lines. We are seeking injunctive relief and the recovery of monetary damages.

    Compression Technology Solutions

    On September 12, 2011, Compression Technology Solutions LLC (“CTS”) filed a patentamended complaint alleging infringement lawsuit against a group of companies, consisting of Quantum, CA., Inc., EMC Corporation, Hewlett-Packard Company, International Business Machines Corp., NetApp, Inc. and Quest Software, Inc., in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Missouri, alleging that certain unspecified products of the defendants, characterized as “deduplication software systems,” and, in the case of Quantum, including Quantum’s “DXi Series Deduplication software,” fall within the scope ofsecond patent, 5,414,650. CTS was seeking injunctive relief, as well as the recovery of monetary damages, including treble damages for willful infringement. We do not believe we infringe the CTS patent; we believe that the CTS patent is invalid, and we defended ourselves vigorously. In April 2012, our motion to transfer venue was granted and the lawsuit was transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. On May 29, 2013, our motion for summary judgment was granted, with all of the asserted claims held invalid by the District Court, and the lawsuit against Quantum and the other defendants has been dismissed with prejudice.

    5,940,849.

    Indemnifications

    We have certain financial guarantees, both express and implied, related to product liability and potential infringement of intellectual property. Other than certain product liabilities recorded as of March 31, 20132015 and 2012,2014, we did not record a liability associated with these guarantees, as we have little or no history of costs associated with such indemnification requirements. Contingent liabilities associated with product liability may be mitigated by insurance coverage that we maintain.

    In the normal course of business to facilitate transactions of our services and products, we indemnify certain parties with respect to certain matters. We have agreed to hold certain parties harmless against losses arising from a breach of representations or covenants, or out of intellectual property infringement or other claims made against certain parties. These agreements may limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our officers and directors, and our bylaws contain similar indemnification obligations to our agents.



    It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of our indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, payments made by us under these agreements have not had a material impact on our operating results, financial position or cash flows.

    NOTE 14: GEOGRAPHIC AND CUSTOMER INFORMATION

    The company operates in one reportable segment.
    Revenue, attributed to regions based on the location of customers, and long-lived assets, comprised of property and equipment, by region were as follows (in thousands):

    As of and for the year ended March 31,
    201320122011
         Revenue     Long-Lived
    Assets
         Revenue     Long-Lived
    Assets
         Revenue     Long-Lived
    Assets
    Americas$378,623$20,182$411,517$23,738 $430,125 $23,596
    Europe  151,700  756 177,661 1,030 179,519 787
    Asia Pacific57,249518 63,192 67262,626597
    $      587,572$      21,456$      652,370$      25,440$      672,270$      24,980
     As of and for the year ended March 31,
     2015 2014 2013
     
    Long-
    Lived
    Assets
     Revenue 
    Long-
    Lived
    Assets
     Revenue 
    Long-Lived
    Assets
     Revenue
    Americas$14,063
     $340,811
     $16,759
     $359,259
     $20,182
     $378,514
    Europe421
     152,186
     524
     143,508
     756
     151,676
    Asia Pacific169
     60,098
     291
     50,398
     518
     57,249
     $14,653
     $553,095
     $17,574
     $553,165
     $21,456
     $587,439

    No customer accounted

    71


    Revenue for 10% or moreAmericas regions outside of our revenue in fiscal 2013 and 2012. Dell accounted for $68.7 million and 10% of revenue in fiscal 2011.

    the United States is immaterial. Following are revenues attributable to each of our product groups, services and royalties (in thousands):

    For the year ended March 31,
         2013     2012     2011
    Disk systems and software solutions$124,074$119,044$110,678
    Tape automation systems206,112245,030254,153
    Devices and media  68,857  87,266 92,072
    Service144,037144,364 151,095
    Royalty44,49256,66664,272
           Total revenue$      587,572$      652,370$      672,270
     For the year ended March 31,
     2015 2014 2013
    Tape automation systems$152,205
     $174,438
     $206,112
    Disk backup systems*54,845
     50,217
     74,255
    Devices and media62,642
     70,680
     68,724
    Scale-out storage solutions*85,887
     52,983
     49,819
    Service155,674
     147,199
     144,037
    Royalty41,842
     57,648
     44,492
    Total revenue$553,095
     $553,165
     $587,439

    *Revenue from disk backup systems and scale-out storage solutions was previously included in a caption entitled disk systems and software solutions. Previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.

    NOTE 15: UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

    For the year ended March 31, 2013
    (In thousands, except per share data)     1st
    Quarter
         2nd
    Quarter
         3rd
    Quarter
         4th
    Quarter
    Revenue $       140,879$       147,340$       159,395$       139,958
    Gross margin55,795  59,224  68,028 57,604
    Net loss (17,498) (12,268) (8,146)  (14,507)
    Basic and diluted net loss per share(0.07)(0.05)(0.04)(0.06)
     
    For the year ended March 31, 2012
    1st
    Quarter
    2nd
    Quarter
    3rd
    Quarter
    4th
    Quarter
    Revenue$153,535$165,039$173,492$160,304
    Gross margin63,26271,61173,71765,245
    Net income (loss)(5,226)3,5613,914(11,058)
    Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share(0.02)0.010.02(0.05)
     For the year ended March 31, 2015
    (In thousands, except per share data)
    1st
    Quarter
     
    2nd
    Quarter
     
    3rd
    Quarter
     
    4th
    Quarter
    Revenue$128,128
     $135,106
     $142,063
     $147,798
    Gross margin55,526
     61,929
     65,067
     62,164
    Net income (loss)(4,324) 1,248
     6,931
     12,905
    Basic net income (loss) per share(0.02) 0.00
     0.03
     0.05
    Diluted net income (loss) per share(0.02) 0.00
     0.03
     0.04
     For the year ended March 31, 2014
     
    1st
    Quarter
     
    2nd
    Quarter
     
    3rd
    Quarter
     
    4th
    Quarter
    Revenue$147,849
     $131,479
     $145,869
     $127,968
    Gross margin69,835
     56,392
     61,373
     52,020
    Net income (loss)3,281
     (7,893) (2,458) (14,404)
    Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share0.01
     (0.03) (0.01) (0.06)



    NOTE 16: SUBSEQUENT EVENT

    On May 8, 2013, we entered into an intellectual property agreement with Microsoft Corporation (“Microsoft”). Under this agreement, the parties each provide the other with broad patent protection across their respective product lines. In addition, Microsoft agreed to make a one-time cash payment

    72


    SCHEDULE II

    CONSOLIDATED VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

    Allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):

    Balance at
    beginning of
    period
    Net additions
    (releases)
    charged to
    expense
    Deductions (i)Balance at end
    of period
    For the year ended:                    
           March 31, 2013 $       217$3  $       (158) $62
           March 31, 2012403          (125)(61) 217
           March 31, 2011798(502)107403
     
    Balance at
    beginning of
    period
     
    Net additions
    (releases)
    charged to
    expense
     Deductions (i) 
    Balance at end
    of period
    For the year ended:       
    March 31, 2015$88
     $40
     $(101) $27
    March 31, 201462
     (39) 65
     88
    March 31, 2013217
     3
     (158) 62

    ____________________

    (i)      Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.

    (i)Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.

    ITEM 9.

    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE


    None.

    ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

    Attached as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K are certifications of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), which are required pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). This “Controls and Procedures” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K includes information concerning the controls and controls evaluation referenced in the certifications. This section of the Annual Report on Form 10-K should be read in conjunction with the certifications and the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as described below for a more complete understanding of the matters presented.

    Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

    We evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This control evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our CEO and CFO. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this Annual Report on Form 10-K, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC. Disclosure controls are also designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

    Based on the controls evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our disclosure controls were effective.



    Management

    73


    Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

    Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 20132015 based on the guidelines establishedcriteria for effective control over financial reporting described inInternal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on the results of our evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 20132015 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report regarding its assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2013,2015, as set forth at the beginning of Part II, Item 8 "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

    Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

    Our management, including our CEO and CFO, does not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additional controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

    Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

    There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of fiscal 20132015 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

    ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

    None.

    PART III

    ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

    The information required by this item with respect to our directors, audit committee and audit committee financial expert is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in our proxy statement for the 20132015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.2015. For information pertaining to our executive officers, refer to the section captioned “Executive Officers of Quantum Corporation” section of Part I,& Management Team”, Item 1 "Business" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.



    We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer and all members of our finance department, including the principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. This code of ethics is posted on our website. The Internet address for our website is:http://www.quantum.com, and the code of ethics may be found by clicking “About Us” from the home page and then choosing “Corporate Governance.” Copies of the code are available free upon request by a stockholder.

    We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this code of ethics by posting such information on our website, at the address and location specified above.

    We have adopted Corporate Governance Principles, which are available on our website athttp:at http://www.quantum.com, where they may be found by clicking “About Us” from the home page and then choosing “Investor Relations” and then “Corporate

    74


    Governance.” Copies of our Corporate Governance Principles are available free upon request by a stockholder. The charters of our Audit Committee, Leadership and Compensation Committee and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee are also available on our website athttp:at http://www.quantum.com, where they may be found by clicking “About Us” from the home page and then choosing “Investor Relations” and then “Corporate Governance.” Copies of these committee charters are available free upon request by a stockholder.

    ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in our proxy statement for the 20132015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.

    2015.


    ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

    ITEM 12.SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS


    The following discloses our equity compensation plan information (securities in thousands):

    Year ended March 31, 2013
    (a)
    Number of
    securities to be
    issued upon
    exercise of
    outstanding stock
    options, warrants
    and rights
    Weighted-
    average
    exercise price
    of outstanding
    stock options,
    warrants and
    rights
    Number of
    securities
    remaining
    available
    for future
    issuance under
    equity
    compensation plans
    (excluding shares
    reflected in column
    (a))
    Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders(1)     24,581     $1.31     19,610
    Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders(2), (3) 1,356$1.53 
    25,937$1.3219,610
     As of March 31, 2015
     
    (a)
    Number of
    securities to be
    issued upon
    exercise of
    outstanding
    stock options,
    warrants and
    rights
     
    Weighted-
    average
    exercise price
    of outstanding
    stock options,
    warrants and
    rights
     
    Number of
    securities remaining
    available
    for grant under equity compensation
    plans (excluding shares reflected in
    column (a))
    Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders (1)
    18,698
     $0.31
     12,935
    Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders (2), (3)
    36
     $0.76
     
     18,734
     $0.31
     12,935

    ____________________

    (1)

    Included in the stockholder approved plans are 9.913.8 million restricted stock units with a zero purchase price. The weighted average exercise price of outstanding stock options for stockholder approved plans is $2.20.

    $1.47.
    (2)

    Advanced Digital Information Corporation’s 1999 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan was assumed by Quantum on August 22, 2006 according to the terms detailed in the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated May 2, 2006 (“Merger Agreement”). Outstanding stock options granted under this plan continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of this plan; however, the number of stock options and exercise prices of the outstanding stock options were changed in accordance with the formula in the Merger Agreement for the right to purchase Quantum common stock.

    (3)

    The Pancetera 2008 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan was assumed by Quantum on June 13, 2011 according to the terms detailed in the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated June 13, 2011 (“Pancetera Merger Agreement”). Outstanding stock options and restricted shares granted under this plan continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of this plan; however, the number of stock options and restricted shares and exercise prices of the outstanding stock options were changed in accordance with the formula in the Pancetera Merger Agreement for the right to purchase Quantum common stock.

    We also have an employee stock purchase plan with 5.15.6 million shares available for issuance that has been approved by stockholders.

    The remaining information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in our proxy statement for the 20132015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.

    2015.

    75




    ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

    ITEM 13.CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE


    The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in our proxy statement for the 20132015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.

    2015.

    ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

    The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in our proxy statement for the 20132015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.

    2015.


    76


    PART IV

    ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

    Upon written request, we will provide, without charge, a copy of our Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the Consolidated Financial Statements, financial statement schedules and any exhibits for our most recent fiscal year. All requests should be sent to:

    Investor Relations
    Quantum Corporation
    Brinlea Johnson or Allise Furlani
    Investor Relations
    The Blueshirt Group
    (212) 331-8424 or (212) 331-8433
    ir@quantum.com

           1650 Technology Drive, Suite 800

           San Jose, California 95110
    (408) 944-4450

    (a) The following documents are filed as a part of this Report:

    1.
    Financial Statements—Our Consolidated Financial Statements are listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.
    2.
    Financial Statement Schedules —Our consolidated valuation and qualifying accounts (Schedule II) financial statement schedule is listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements. All other schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the notes hereto.


    (b) Exhibits



    Incorporated by Reference
    Exhibit
    Number
         Exhibit DescriptionFormFile No.Exhibit(s)Filing Date
         2.1       Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Registrant, Pancetera Software, Inc., Quarry Acquisition Corporation and Henrik Rosendahl as the stockholder representative, dated June 13, 2011.     10-Q     001-13449          10.8          August 9, 2011
    3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant.8-K001-134493.1August 16, 2007
    3.2  Amended and Restated By-laws of Registrant, as amended.8-K001-13449  3.1December 5, 2008
    3.3  Certificate of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock. S-3333-1095874.7October 9, 2003
    3.4  Certification of Amendment to the Bylaws of Quantum Corporation, as adopted on January 20, 2010.8-K 001-134493.1January 26, 2010
    4.1  Indenture for 3.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, dated November 15, 2010, including the form of 3.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Note due 2015.8-K001-134494.1November 15, 2010
    4.2  Indenture for 4.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, dated October 31, 2012, including the form of 4.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Note due 2017.8-K001-134494.1October 31, 2012
    10.1  Form of Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and the Named Executive Officers and Directors. *8-K001-1344910.4April 4, 2007
    10.2  Chief Executive Change of Control Agreement between Registrant and Jon W. Gacek. *8-K001-1344910.3April 5, 2011
    10.3  Form of Officer Change of Control Agreement between Registrant and each of Registrant’s Executive Officers (Other than the Executive Chairman and the CEO). *8-K001-1344910.5April 5, 2011
    10.4  Form of Amended and Restated Director Change of Control Agreement between Registrant and the Directors (Other than the Executive Chairman and the CEO). *8-K001-1344910.2May 10, 2011
    10.5  Quantum Corporation 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan. *8-K001-1344910.1August 21, 2012
    10.6  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (U.S. Employees), under the Quantum Corporation 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan. *10-Q/A001-1344910.2February 15, 2013
    10.7  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Non-U.S. Employees), under the Quantum Corporation 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan. *10-Q/A001-1344910.3February 15, 2013
    10.8  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Directors), under the Quantum Corporation 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan. *10-Q/A001-1344910.4February 15, 2013
    10.9  Quantum Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan. *8-K001-1344910.2August 21, 2012
    10.10Quantum Corporation Executive Officer Incentive Plan. *8-K001-1344910.3August 21, 2012
    10.11Advanced Digital Information Corporation Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Incentive Plan. *S-8001-134494.4August 25, 2006
    10.12Employment Offer Letter, dated March 31, 2011, between Registrant and Jon W. Gacek. *8-K001-1344910.1April 5, 2011
    10.13Amendment to Employment Offer Letter between Registrant and Jon W. Gacek. *10-Q001-1344910.1February 8, 2013
    10.14Employment Offer Letter, dated August 31, 2006, between Registrant and William C. Britts. *8-K001-1344910.1September 7, 2006
    77


        Incorporated by Reference
    Exhibit
    Number
     Exhibit Description Form File No. Exhibit(s)
     Filing Date
    2.1
     Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Registrant, Pancetera Software, Inc., Quarry Acquisition Corporation and Henrik Rosendahl as the stockholder representative, dated June 13, 2011. 10-Q 001-13449 10.8
     August 9, 2011
    3.1
     Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant. 8-K 001-13449 3.1
     August 16, 2007
    3.2
     Amended and Restated By-laws of Registrant, as amended. 8-K 001-13449 3.1
     December 5, 2008
    3.3
     Certificate of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock. S-3 333-109587 4.7
     October 9, 2003
    3.4
     Certification of Amendment to the Bylaws of Quantum Corporation, as adopted on January 20, 2010. 8-K 001-13449 3.1
     January 26, 2010
    4.1
     Indenture for 3.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, dated November 15, 2010, including the form of 3.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Note due 2015. 8-K 001-13449 4.1
     November 15, 2010
    4.2
     Indenture for 4.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, dated October 31, 2012, including the form of 4.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Note due 2017. 8-K 001-13449 4.1
     October 31, 2012
    10.1
     Form of Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and the Named Executive Officers and Directors. * 8-K 001-13449 10.4
     April 4, 2007
    10.2
     Chief Executive Change of Control Agreement between Registrant and Jon W. Gacek. * 8-K 001-13449 10.3
     April 5, 2011
    10.3
     Form of Officer Change of Control Agreement between Registrant and each of Registrant’s Executive Officers (Other than the Executive Chairman and the CEO). * 8-K 001-13449 10.5
     April 5, 2011
    10.4
     Form of Amended and Restated Director Change of Control Agreement between Registrant and the Directors (Other than the Executive Chairman and the CEO). * 8-K 001-13449 10.2
     May 10, 2011
    10.5
     Quantum Corporation 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan as amended.* 8-K 001-13449 10.1
     September 9, 2014
    10.6
     Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (U.S. Employees), under the Quantum Corporation 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan. * 10-Q/A 001-13449 10.2
     February 15, 2013
    10.7
     Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Non-U.S. Employees), under the Quantum Corporation 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan. * 10-Q/A 001-13449 10.3
     February 15, 2013
    10.8
     Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Directors), under the Quantum Corporation 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan. * 10-Q/A 001-13449 10.4
     February 15, 2013
    10.9
     Quantum Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended. *‡        
    10.10
     Quantum Corporation Executive Officer Incentive Plan. *‡        

    78



        Incorporated by Reference
    Exhibit
    Number
     Exhibit Description Form File No. Exhibit(s)
     Filing Date
    10.11
     Advanced Digital Information Corporation Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Incentive Plan. * S-8 001-13449 4.4
     August 25, 2006
    10.12
     Employment Offer Letter, dated March 31, 2011, between Registrant and Jon W. Gacek. * 8-K 001-13449 10.1
     April 5, 2011
    10.13
     Amendment to Employment Offer Letter between Registrant and Jon W. Gacek. * 10-Q 001-13449 10.1
     February 8, 2013
    10.14
     Employment Offer Letter, dated August 31, 2006, between Registrant and William C. Britts. * 8-K 001-13449 10.1
     September 7, 2006
    10.15
     Amendment to Employment Offer Letter between Registrant and William C. Britts. * 10-Q 001-13449 10.6
     November 7, 2008
    10.16
     Amendment to Employment Offer Letter between Registrant and William C. Britts. * 10-Q 001-13449 10.3
     February 5, 2010
    10.17
     Offer Letter of Mr. David A. Krall, dated August 11, 2011. * 8-K 001-13449 10.1
     August 22, 2011
    10.18
     Offer Letter, dated May 2, 2011, between Registrant and David E. Roberson. * 8-K 001-13449 10.1
     May 10, 2011
    10.19
     Offer Letter, dated August 20, 2007, between Registrant and Paul Auvil. * 8-K 001-13449 10.1
     August 29, 2007
    10.20
     Offer Letter, dated August 7, 2013, between Registrant and Mr. Philip Black.* 10-Q 001-13449 10.2
     November 12, 2013
    10.21
     Offer Letter, dated August 7, 2013, between Registrant and Louis DiNardo.* 10-Q 001-13449 10.3
     November 12, 2013
    10.22
     Offer Letter, dated August 7, 2013, between Registrant and Gregg J. Powers.* 10-Q 001-13449 10.4
     November 12, 2013
    10.23
     Offer Letter, dated August 29, 2014, between Registrant and Dale L. Fuller.*‡        
    10.24
     Offer Letter, dated May 1, 2015, between Registrant and Robert J. Andersen.*‡        
    10.25
     Form of Agreement to Advance Legal Fees between the Registrant and certain of its Executive Officers.*‡        
    10.26
     Credit Agreement, dated March 29, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Administrative Agent, and the Lenders party thereto. 10-K 001-13449 10.22
     June 14, 2012
    10.27
     Security Agreement, dated March 29, 2012, among the Registrant and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC. 8-K 001-13449 10.2
     April 2, 2012
    10.28
     First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated June 28, 2012, among Registrant, the lenders identified therein, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as the administrative agent for the lenders. 8-K 001-13449 10.1
     June 28, 2012
    10.29
     Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement and First Amendment to Security Agreement, dated January 31, 2013, among Registrant, the lenders identified therein, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as the administrative agent for the lenders. 8-K 001-13449 10.1
     February 6, 2013
    10.30
     Consent and Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated February 6, 2014, by and among Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as administrative agent, the lenders that are parties thereto, and Quantum Corporation 8-K 001-13449 10.1
     April 29, 2014

    Incorporated by Reference
    Exhibit
    Number
         Exhibit Description     Form     File No.     Exhibit(s)     Filing Date
         10.15     Amendment to Employment Offer Letter between Registrant and William C. Britts. *10-Q001-13449     10.6      November 7, 2008
    10.16Amendment to Employment Offer Letter between Registrant and William C. Britts. *10-Q001-1344910.3 February 5, 2010
    10.17Offer Letter, dated May 25, 2007, between Registrant and Joseph A. Marengi. *8-K001-1344910.1May 25, 2007
    10.18Offer Letter of Mr. David A. Krall, dated August 11, 2011. *8-K001-1344910.1August 22, 2011
    10.19Offer Letter, dated May 2, 2011, between Registrant and David E. Roberson. *8-K001-1344910.1May 10, 2011
    10.20Offer Letter, dated August 20, 2007, between Registrant and Paul Auvil. *8-K001-13449 10.1August 29, 2007
    10.21Credit Agreement, dated March 29, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Administrative Agent, and the Lenders party thereto.10-K001-13449 10.22June 14, 2012
    10.22Security Agreement, dated March 29, 2012, among the Registrant and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC.8-K 001-1344910.2April 2, 2012
    10.23First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated June 28, 2012, among Registrant, the lenders identified therein, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as the administrative agent for the lenders. 8-K001-1344910.1June 28, 2012
    10.24Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement and First Amendment to Security Agreement, dated January 31, 2013, among Registrant, the lenders identified therein, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as the administrative agent for the lenders.8-K001-1344910.1February 6, 2013
    10.25Agreement for Purchase and Sale of Real Property, dated as November 18, 2005, among Registrant, SELCO Service Corporation and CS/Federal Drive LLC, as amended by Amendments 1 through 6.8-K001-1344910.1February 10, 2006
    10.26Lease Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building A).8-K001-1344910.2February 10, 2006
    10.27Lease Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building B).8-K001-1344910.3February 10, 2006
    10.28Lease Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building C).8-K001-1344910.4February 10, 2006
    10.29Patent Cross License Agreement, dated February 27, 2006, between Registrant and Storage Technology Corporation.8-K001-1344910.1March 3, 2006
    10.30Tax Sharing and Indemnity Agreement by and among Registrant, Maxtor Corporation and Insula Corporation, dated April 2, 2001.8-K001-1344910.1December 29, 2004
    10.31Mutual General Release and Global Settlement Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2004, between Maxtor Corporation and Registrant.10-Q001-1344910.4February 2, 2005
    10.32Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2009, by and between Quantum Corporation and EMC Corporation.8-K001-1344910.1June 9, 2009
    10.33First Amendment to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 17, 2009, by and between Quantum Corporation and EMC Corporation.8-K001-1344910.1June 23, 2009
    10.34Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2013, by and among Registrant, Starboard Value LP, and certain of its affiliates.8-K001-1344910.1May 14, 2013
    12.1Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. ‡
    79



        Incorporated by Reference
    Exhibit
    Number
     Exhibit Description Form File No. Exhibit(s) Filing Date
    10.31
     Sixth Amendment to Credit Agreement and Second Amendment to Security Agreement, dated April 24, 2014, by and among Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as administrative agent, the lenders that are parties thereto, and Quantum Corporation. 8-K 001-13449 10.2
     April 29, 2014
    10.32
     Agreement for Purchase and Sale of Real Property, dated as November 18, 2005, among Registrant, SELCO Service Corporation and CS/Federal Drive LLC, as amended by Amendments 1 through 6. 8-K 001-13449 10.1
     February 10, 2006
    10.33
     Lease Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building A). 8-K 001-13449 10.2
     February 10, 2006
    10.34
     Lease Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building B). 8-K 001-13449 10.3
     February 10, 2006
    10.35
     First Amendment dated August 1, 2010 to Lease Agreement between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building B). ‡        
    10.36
     Lease Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building C). 8-K 001-13449 10.4
     February 10, 2006
    10.37
     First Amendment dated August 1, 2010 to Lease Agreement between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building C). ‡        
    10.38
     Patent Cross License Agreement, dated February 27, 2006, between Registrant and Storage Technology Corporation. 8-K 001-13449 10.1
     March 3, 2006
    10.39
     Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2009, by and between Quantum Corporation and EMC Corporation. 8-K 001-13449 10.1
     June 9, 2009
    10.40
     First Amendment to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 17, 2009, by and between Quantum Corporation and EMC Corporation. 8-K 001-13449 10.1
     June 23, 2009
    10.41
     Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2013, by and among Registrant, Starboard Value LP, and certain of its affiliates. 8-K 001-13449 10.1
     May 14, 2013
    10.42
     Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2014, by and among Registrant and Starboard Value L.P. and certain of its affiliates 8-K 001-13449 10.1
     July 29, 2014
    12.1
     Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. ‡        
    21
     Quantum Subsidiaries. ‡        
    23
     Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. ‡        
    24
     Power of Attorney (see signature page).        
    31.1
     Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. ‡        
    31.2
     Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. ‡        
    32.1
     Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley act of 2002. †        
    32.2
     Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley act of 2002. †        
    101.INS
     XBRL Instance Document. ††        

    80


    Incorporated by Reference
    Exhibit
    Number
    Exhibit DescriptionFormFile No.Exhibit(s)Filing Date
    21Quantum Subsidiaries. ‡
    23Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. ‡
    24Power of Attorney (see signature page).
    31.1Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. ‡
    31.2Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. ‡
    32.1Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley act of 2002. †
    32.2Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley act of 2002. †
    101.INSXBRL Instance Document. ††
    101.SCH
    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. ††
    101.CAL
    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. ††
    101.DEF
    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. ††
    101.LAB
    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. ††
    101.PRE
    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. ††

    ____________________

    *       Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
    Filed herewith.
    Furnished herewith.
    ††XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is furnished and not filed herewith, is not a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, is deemed not filed for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.


    81


    SIGNATURE

    Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

    QUANTUM CORPORATION
     
    /s/ LINDA M. BREARD
    Linda M. Breard
    Chief Financial Officer
    (Principal Financial and Chief Accounting Officer)
    Date:June 7, 201312, 2015



    82


    POWER OF ATTORNEY

    KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Jon W. Gacek and Linda M. Breard, jointly and severally, his or her attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on June 7, 2013.

    12, 2015.
    Signature        Title
     
    /s/ JON W. GACEKDirector, President and Chief Executive Officer
    Jon W. Gacek(Principal Executive Officer)
     
    /s/ LINDA M. BREARDChief Financial Officer
    Linda M. Breard(Principal Financial and Chief Accounting Officer)
     
    /s/ ROBERT J. ANDERSENDirector
    Robert J. Andersen
    /s/ PAUL R. AUVIL IIIDirector
    Paul R. Auvil III
     
    /s/ MICHAEL A. BROWNPHILIP BLACKDirector
    Michael A. BrownPhilip Black
     
    /s/ THOMAS S. BUCHSBAUMLOUIS DINARDODirector
    Thomas S. BuchsbaumLouis DiNardo
     
    /s/ ELIZABETH A. FETTERDALE L. FULLERDirector
    Elizabeth A. FetterDale L. Fuller
     
    /s/ DAVID A. KRALLDirector
    David A. Krall
     
    /s/ JOSEPH A. MARENGIGREGG J. POWERSDirector
    Joseph A. MarengiGregg J. Powers
     
    /s/ DAVID E. ROBERSONDirector
    David E. Roberson
     
    /s/     JEFFREY C. SMITHDirector
    Jeffrey C. Smith

    84



    83